advertisement
BrightLink
®
697Ui User's Guide
Contents
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Solutions When the Image or Sound Contains Static When Using Screen Mirroring................... 341
Solutions When "Error Occurred in the Easy Interactive Function" Message Appears................ 342
Solutions When the Pen Does Not Work Over a Network or the Toolbars Do Not Appear ......... 347
11
12
BrightLink 697Ui User's Guide
Welcome to the BrightLink 697Ui
User's Guide
.
For a printable PDF copy of this guide, click here.
13
Introduction to Your Projector
Refer to these sections to learn more about your projector and this manual.
Notations Used in the Documentation
Where to Go for Additional Information
Additional Projector Software and Manuals
Projector Features
The BrightLink 697Ui projector includes these special features:
Unique interactive functions
• Annotation with or without a computer
• Annotation with two pens at the same time
• Touch-based interactivity for as many as six users
• Control your computer from the projected screen
• Print, save, and send your presentations
• Scan and display content from a connected scanner
• Import content from a USB drive
• Enhanced Easy Interactive toolbar for Windows and Mac
• Remote desktop support to control a remote computer
Ultra short throw projection system
• Project a 100-inch (254-cm) WUXGA image from just 9.6 inches (244 mm) away
• Easily mounted on a wall or table (with the optional table projection mount) for fast, low-cost installations
• Reduced shadow interference and glare
Bright, high-resolution images
• Up to 4400 lumens of color brightness (color light output) and white brightness (white light output)
14
Note:
Color brightness (color light output) and white brightness (white light output) will vary depending on usage conditions. Color light output measured in accordance with IDMS 15.4; white light output measured in accordance with ISO 21118.
• Native resolution of 1920 × 1200 pixels (WUXGA)
Flexible connectivity
• Two HDMI ports (including one MHL-compatible port) for computer or video device connection
• Plug-and-play 3-in-1 USB projection, audio, and mouse control for instant setup
• Control pad for USB connection and frequently used operations
• Wired network support for projection
• Screen mirroring to connect your mobile device wirelessly using Miracast technology
• Projector monitoring and control via remote network computer
• Wireless network support, including video and audio transfer
• PC Free photo slide shows via connected USB memory devices or Epson document camera
• DVI-D and VGA ports for connecting an external display
• Share projected images to connected devices using Epson iProjection
• EasyMP Multi PC Projection software for projecting up to four images from network computers or devices using Epson iProjection
• Projection from iOS or Android devices with the included wireless LAN module and free Epson iProjection app; visit epson.com/iprojection (U.S.) or epson.ca/iprojection (Canada) for more information
Innovative display and operation features
• Support for side-by-side projector mounting of multiple projectors with continuous annotation between them
• Low total cost of ownership with long-life projector lamp and high-efficiency air filter
• High digital zoom ratio for larger images in shorter projection distances
• 16000:1 contrast ratio and Auto Iris control for sharp, detailed images
• Built-in closed captioning decoder
• Powerful 16 W speaker system with audio out port for connecting external speakers
• Epson's Direct Power On and Instant Off features for quick setup and shut down
15
• Support for Crestron RoomView network monitoring systems
• Network message broadcast system to project timely messages to all networked projectors (Windows only)
Optional Equipment and Replacement Parts
Warranty and Registration Information
Parent topic:
Introduction to Your Projector
Product Box Contents
Save all the packaging in case you need to ship the projector. Always use the original packaging (or equivalent) when shipping.
16
Make sure your projector box included all of these parts:
1 Projector
2 Remote control
3 Remote control batteries (2 AA alkaline)
4 Interactive pens and replacement pen tips (4 soft tips, 2 hard tips)
5 Control Pad
6 Pen stand
7 16.4 ft (5 m) USB cables (2)
17
8 6 ft (1.8 m) USB cable
9 Power cord
10 Touch Unit connection cable
11 Control Pad connection cable
12 Projector manuals and software links CD
13 Projector software for Easy Interactive Function CD
14 Projector software CD
15 Touch Unit
16 Markers for Touch Unit setup
17 Touch Unit mounting bracket
18 Labels (4)
19 Tape for securing markers
20 Infrared deflectors (8)
21 Wireless LAN Module
22 Battery charger and two rechargeable batteries (for interactive pens)
Note:
A box containing the projector wall mount is also included.
Parent topic:
Additional Components
Depending on how you plan to use the projector, you may need to obtain additional components.
Note:
To connect a Mac that does not include a compatible video output port, you need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect to an input port on the projector. Contact Apple for compatible adapter options. To connect a smartphone or tablet, you may need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect to the projector. This allows you to mirror your smartphone or tablet screens, watch movies, and more. Contact your device manufacturer for compatible adapter options.
Unless listed as available from Epson in this table, see your local computer or electronics dealer for purchase information.
18
Signal or connection type
Composite video
Component video
HDMI
Additional component necessary
RCA-style video or A/V cable
D-sub, 15-pin, component-to-VGA video cable or adapter
Available for purchase from Epson or an authorized Epson reseller.
Compatible HDMI cable
Available for purchase from Epson or an authorized Epson reseller.
MHL
Note:
Older Mac computers (2009 and earlier) may not support HDMI audio.
MHL-compatible device or device with an integrated MHL connector, MHL cable, or HDMI cable and MHL adapter compatible with your device
Audio from certain ports Commercially available audio cable compatible with your device
VGA To connect a computer through its VGA port to the projector's VGA video port, you need a VGA computer cable.
DVI-D
Multiple BrightLink Pro projectors
Compatible DVI-D cable
To sync additional BrightLink Pro projectors together, you need a stereo mini cable (commercially available) or the remote control cable set
(ELPKC28).
Available for purchase from Epson or an authorized Epson reseller.
Parent topic:
Optional Equipment and Replacement Parts
You can purchase screens, other optional accessories, and replacement parts from an Epson authorized reseller. To find the nearest reseller, call 800-GO-EPSON (800-463-7766) in the U.S. or 800-807-7766 in
Canada. Or you can purchase online at epsonstore.com
(U.S. sales) or epsonstore.ca
(Canadian sales).
Epson offers the following optional accessories and replacement parts for your projector:
Option or part
Genuine Epson replacement lamp (ELPLP92)
Replacement air filter (ELPAF45)
Part number
V13H010L92
V13H134A45
19
Option or part
Ultra-short throw wall mount (ELPMB46)
Table projection mount (ELPMB29)
Epson DC-06 document camera (ELPDC06)
Epson DC-11 document camera (ELPDC11)
Epson DC-12 document camera (ELPDC12)
Epson DC-20 document camera (ELPDC20)
Epson DC-21 document camera (ELPDC21)
Active speakers (ELPSP02)
Additional interactive pen A (ELPPN05A) (orange)
Additional interactive pen B (ELPPN05B) (blue)
Replacement set of hard pen tips (ELPPS03)
Replacement set of soft pen tips (ELPPS04)
USB extension cable (ELPKC31)
Remote control cable set (ELPKC28)
On Wall Cable Management Kit
100 inch (254 cm) whiteboard
10 ft. (3.0 m) Component-to-VGA video cable
Part number
V12H777020
V12H516020
V12H321005
V12H377020
V12H594020
V12H500020
V12H758020
V12H467020
V12H773010
V12H774010
V12H775010
V12H776010
V12H525001
V12H005C28
ELPCK01
V12H831000
ELPKC19
In addition to the accessories listed above, 1-year and 2-year extended service plans are available.
Parent topic:
Warranty and Registration Information
Your projector comes with a basic warranty that lets you project with confidence. For details, see the warranty that came with your projector.
In addition, Epson offers free Extra Care Road Service. In the unlikely event of an equipment failure, you won’t have to wait for your unit to be repaired. Instead, Epson will ship you a replacement unit anywhere in the United States, Canada, or Puerto Rico. See the Extra Care Road Service brochure for details.
Register your product online using the projector CD or at this site: epson.com/webreg .
20
Registering also lets you receive special updates on new accessories, products, and services.
Parent topic:
Notations Used in the Documentation
Follow the guidelines in these notations as you read your documentation:
•
Warnings
must be followed carefully to avoid bodily injury.
•
Cautions
must be observed to avoid damage to your equipment.
•
Notes
contain important information about your projector.
•
Tips
contain additional projection information.
Parent topic:
Introduction to Your Projector
Where to Go for Additional Information
Need quick help on using your projector? Here's where to look for help:
• Built-in help system
Press the
Home
button on the remote control or projector, select
Help
, and press
Enter
to get quick solutions to common problems.
• Help icon on the bottom whiteboard toolbar
Select the help icon to get a quick summary of the tools and features available.
• epson.com/support (U.S) or epson.ca/support (Canada)
View FAQs (frequently asked questions) and e-mail your questions to Epson technical support 24 hours a day.
• If you still need help after checking this manual and any other sources listed here, you can use the
Epson PrivateLine Support service to get help fast. For details, see "Where to Get Help".
Parent topic:
Introduction to Your Projector
Related references
Additional Projector Software and Manuals
After connecting and setting up the projector, install the projector software from the included software
CD, or download the software and manuals as necessary.
21
You can install the projector software programs listed here and view their manuals for instructions on using them.
Note:
If you still need help after checking this manual and the sources listed here, you can use the
Epson PrivateLine Support service to get help fast. For details, see "Where to Get Help".
Projector software
EasyMP Monitor
(Windows only)
Manual
EasyMP Monitor
Operation Guide
EasyMP Multi PC
Projection
EasyMP Network Updater
(Windows only)
EasyMP Multi PC
Projection Operation
Guide
EasyMP Network Updater
Operation Guide
Epson iProjection app
Easy Interactive Tools
Instructions are included with the app
Easy Interactive Tools
Operation Guide
Description
Lets you monitor and control your projector through the network.
You can download the latest software and documentation from the Epson web site. Go to epson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support
(Canada) and select your projector.
Lets you hold interactive meetings by projecting the computer screens of users over a network.
Lets you update firmware for a projector over a wired LAN.
You can download the latest software and documentation from the Epson web site. Go to epson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support
(Canada) and select your projector.
Lets you project from an iOS device, Android device, or Chromebook if your projector is connected to a network that includes a wireless access point.
Visit epson.com/iprojection (U.S.) or epson.ca/iprojection (Canada) for more information.
Lets you use your computer to interactively draw on projected images
Parent topic:
Introduction to Your Projector
22
Projector Part Locations
Check the projector part illustrations to learn about the parts on your projector.
Projector Parts - Control Panel
Projector Parts - Remote Control
Parent topic:
Introduction to Your Projector
23
Projector Parts - Front/Side
1 Remote control receiver
2 Status lights
3 Speaker
4 Lamp cover
5 Lamp cover screw
6 Exhaust vent
7 Cable cover screws
24
8 Cable cover
Parent topic:
Projector Parts - Top/Side
1 Air filter cover latch
2 Wireless LAN light
3 Obstacle sensors
25
4 Remote receiver
5 Projection window
6 Interactive pen receiver
7 Control panel
8 Security cable installation slot
9 Air filter cover
10 Air intake vent (air filter)
11 Focus lever
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Parts - Back Panel
26
1
Monitor Out
port
2
Video
port
3
Audio
port for use with the
Video
port
4
Audio Out
port
5
Audio
port for use with the
Computer
port
6 Power inlet
7
HDMI 1/MHL
port
8
HDMI 2
port
9
DVI-D Out
port
10 Network (
LAN
) port
11
USB-B
port for computer connection
12
USB-A
port for USB memory device or document camera
13
USB-A
port for USB memory device or document camera
14
Computer
port
15
TCH
port for the Touch Unit connection cable
16
SYNC In/Out
ports
17
Remote
port for the Control Pad connection cable
18
RS-232C
port
19 Wireless LAN module port
Parent topic:
27
Projector Parts - Base
1 Ceiling mount holes (5)
2 Rear foot holes (2)
3 Security cable attachment point
4 Wall mounting plate holes (4)
5 Illumination sensor
6 Front foot hole
Parent topic:
28
Projector Parts - Control Panel
1
Source Search
button (searches for connected video sources)
2 (Enter) button (selects options)
3 Vertical keystone adjustment buttons (display the adjustment screen and adjust screen shape) and arrow buttons
4
Esc
button (cancels/exits functions)
5
W
/
T
(Wide/Tele) buttons (adjust projected image size), horizontal keystone adjustment buttons
(adjust screen shape), and arrow buttons
6
Menu
button (accesses projector menu system)
7
Home
button (accesses projector Home screen)
8 Power button
Parent topic:
29
Projector Parts - Pen Stand
1 Front cover
2 Pen tip storage area
3 Pen storage area
4 Battery storage area
5 Wall mounting holes
Parent topic:
30
Projector Parts - Remote Control
31
1 Power button
2
HDMI
button (cycles through connected HDMI sources)
3
Computer
button
4 Numeric buttons
5
Auto
button (automatically adjusts position, tracking, and sync settings)
6
Aspect
button (selects the image aspect ratio)
7
Num
button (when held down, switches numeric buttons to number function)
8
Menu
button (accesses projector menu system)
9 Arrow buttons (move through on-screen options and control wireless mouse functions)
10 Enter button (selects options and controls wireless mouse functions)
11
User
button (customizable for different functions)
12
Page
up/down buttons (control presentation slides)
13
E-Zoom +
/
–
buttons (zoom into and out of the image)
14
A/V Mute
button (turns off picture and sound)
15
Split
button (splits the screen between two image sources)
16 Strap attachment point
17
Home
button (accesses projector Home screen)
18
Freeze
button (stops video action)
19
Volume
up/down buttons (adjust speaker volume)
20
Pointer
button (activates on-screen pointer)
21
Esc
button (cancels/exits functions and controls wireless mouse functions)
22
Pen Mode
button (cycles between PC Interactive and PC Free Annotation modes)
23
ID
button (selects a projector to use with the remote control)
24
Color Mode
button (selects display modes)
25
Link Menu
button (displays settings or performs functions for the device connected to the HDMI port)
26
Whiteboard
button (turns the projector on and displays in whiteboard mode or switches to the previous input source)
32
27
LAN
button (connects to a network source)
28
Source Search
button (searches for connected sources)
29 Remote control emitter
Parent topic:
Projector Parts - Control Pad
1 Cable path (upper)
2 Cable path (rear)
3 Installation screw holes (4)
4 Power button
5
Whiteboard
button (switches to whiteboard mode)
6
Source Search
button (searches for connected sources)
7 USB-B port for connecting a computer (on bottom of control pad)
33
8
USB-A
port for connecting a USB memory device
9 Ports beneath the top cover
•
Remote
port for connecting the remote control cable to power the Control Pad
•
USB-A
port for connecting a computer to the projector through the Control Pad
•
USB-B
port for connecting USB devices to the projector through the Control Pad
•
Printer
port for connecting a printer
•
USB-A
port for connecting an external USB keyboard
10 Cable cover (open when cables are wired along a wall)
11 Top cover (open to connect cables)
Parent topic:
Projector Parts - Touch Unit
Front (Cover On)
Front (Cover Off)
34
1 Dial cover
2 Touch unit (TCH) port
3 Security cable installation slot
4 Adjustment dials
5 Power light
6 Mounting holes
Rear
1 Laser diffusion ports
2 Installation magnets
Parent topic:
35
Setting Up the Projector
Follow the instructions in these sections to set up your projector for use.
Removing and Attaching the Cable Cover
Installing Batteries in the Remote Control
Installing Batteries in the Pens
Projector Placement
Your ultra-short throw projector is designed to be installed on a wall (with a wall mount) or vertically on a table (with a table mount) to create an interactive tabletop workspace.
You can also place the projector on a flat surface such as a desk or table to project in a portable setup.
Note:
Finger touch is available only if the projector is installed on a wall (with a wall mount) or vertically on a table (with a table mount).
Keep these considerations in mind as you select a projector location:
• Follow the instructions in the
Installation Guide
provided with your mounting hardware to install the projector using the included mounting equipment.
• Leave plenty of space around and under the projector for ventilation, and do not place it on top of or next to anything that could block the vents.
• Position the projector within reach of a grounded electrical outlet or extension cord.
• If installing vertically on a table, the table projection mount (V12H516020) is required.
• If installing on a wall, the wall mount (V12H777020) is required.
• If the projector is not mounted, place it on a sturdy, level surface.
• For finger touch, make sure the projection surface is flat, smooth, and unwarped with no more than
0.2 inch (5 mm) of unevenness in any direction.
Projector Setup and Installation Options
Parent topic:
36
Projector Setup and Installation Options
You can set up or install your projector in the following ways:
Mounted on the wall or ceiling
Mounted vertically on a table to create an interactive workspace
Mounted on the wall or ceiling and projecting from behind a translucent screen (interactive features not supported)
37
Front projection from a table or portable cart (finger touch not supported)
Rear projection from a table or portable cart behind a translucent screen (interactive features not supported)
Wherever you set up the projector, make sure to position it squarely in front of the screen, not at an angle.
If you project from a table or portable cart, or from the rear, be sure to select the correct
Projection
option in the projector's menu system.
Note:
You cannot use the interactive pens or finger touch when projecting from behind a screen.
Parent topic:
38
Projection Distance
The distance at which you place the projector from the screen determines the approximate size of the image. The image size increases the farther the projector is from the screen, but can vary depending on the zoom factor, aspect ratio, and other settings.
Refer to the tables in the
Installation Guide
included with your mount to determine approximately how far to place the projector from the screen based on the size of the projected image. (Conversion figures may have been rounded up or down.) You can also use the projector Throw Distance Calculator at epson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support (Canada).
Parent topic:
Removing and Attaching the Cable Cover
Before you can connect equipment to your projector, you need to remove the cable cover.
39
1.
Use a screwdriver to remove both of the cable cover screws.
2.
Slide off the cable cover.
To attach the cable cover, slide it into position and tighten the screws with a screwdriver.
Parent topic:
Projector Connections
See these sections to connect the projector to a variety of projection sources.
40
Caution:
If you will use the projector at altitudes above 4921 feet (1500 m), turn on
High Altitude Mode
to ensure the projector's internal temperature is regulated properly.
Connecting to Computer Sources
Connecting External Output Devices
Connecting to External USB Devices
Connecting to a Document Camera
Connecting a Printer to the Control Pad
Connecting Multiple Projectors of the Same Model
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Connecting to Computer Sources
Follow the instructions in these sections to connect a computer to the projector.
Connecting to a Computer for USB Video and Audio
Connecting to a Computer for VGA Video
Connecting to a Computer for HDMI Video and Audio
Connecting to a Computer for Pen Use or USB Mouse Control
Connecting a Computer to the Control Pad
Connecting to a Computer for Sound
Parent topic:
Connecting to a Computer for USB Video and Audio
If your computer meets the system requirements, you can send video and audio output to the projector through the computer's USB port (preferably USB 2.0). Connect the projector to your computer using a
USB cable. You can also connect your computer's USB cable to the control pad instead of directly to the projector.
Note:
A USB connection may cause a delay for content requiring high bandwidth, such as movies. An
HDMI connection is recommended for projecting movies, video games, and other home entertainment content.
41
1.
Turn on your computer.
2.
Set the
USB Type B
setting in the External menu to one of the
USB Display
options.
3.
Connect the cable to your projector's
USB-B
port.
4.
Connect the other end to any available USB port on your computer.
5.
To use USB Display, do one of the following:
•
Windows 10/Windows 8.x
: Click
EPSON_PJ_UD
in the upper right-corner, then select
Run
EMP_UDSE.exe
in the dialog box that appears to install the Epson USB Display software.
•
Windows 7/Windows Vista
: Select
Run EMP_UDSE.exe
in the dialog box that appears to install the Epson USB Display software.
•
Mac
: The USB Display setup folder appears on your screen. Select
USB Display Installer
and follow the on-screen instructions to install the Epson USB Display software.
Follow any on-screen instructions. You need to install this software only the first time you connect the projector to the computer.
The projector displays the image from your computer's desktop and outputs sound, if your presentation contains audio.
Parent topic:
Connecting to Computer Sources
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
42
Related tasks
Connecting to a Computer for Pen Use or USB Mouse Control
Connecting to a Computer for VGA Video
You can connect the projector to your computer using a VGA computer cable.
Note:
To connect a Mac that includes only a Mini DisplayPort, Thunderbolt port, or Mini-DVI port for video output, you need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect to the projector's VGA video port.
Contact Apple for compatible adapter options.
1.
If necessary, disconnect your computer's monitor cable.
2.
Connect the VGA computer cable to your computer's monitor port.
3.
Connect the other end to a
Computer
port on the projector.
4.
Tighten the screws on the VGA connector.
Parent topic:
Connecting to Computer Sources
Connecting to a Computer for HDMI Video and Audio
If your computer has an HDMI port, you can connect it to the projector using an optional HDMI cable.
Note:
To connect a Mac that includes only a Mini DisplayPort, Thunderbolt port, or Mini-DVI port for video output, you need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect to the projector's
HDMI
port.
Contact Apple for compatible adapter options. Older Mac computers (2009 and earlier) may not support audio through the
HDMI
port.
43
1.
Connect the HDMI cable to your computer's HDMI output port.
2.
Connect the other end to one of the projector's HDMI ports.
Note:
The projector converts the digital audio signal sent from your computer into a mono analog signal for the internal speaker or a stereo analog signal if you are connecting to external speakers.
Note:
If you have problems hearing audio through the HDMI connection, you can use one of the projector's audio ports instead to play sound. Connect one end of an optional 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack audio cable to one of the projector's audio ports and the other end to your computer's audio out port.
Then select the audio port you connected to as the
HDMI1 Audio Output
or
HDMI2 Audio Output
setting in the Extended menu.
Parent topic:
Connecting to Computer Sources
Connecting to a Computer for Pen Use or USB Mouse Control
If you connected your computer to a
Computer
or
HDMI
port on the projector, you also need to connect the USB cable so you can use the pens with your computer.
Connecting the USB cable also lets you set up the remote control to act as a wireless mouse, but you cannot use this feature at the same time you are using the pens with your computer.
Note:
You can connect your computer's USB cable to the control pad instead of directly to the projector.
44
1.
Connect the USB cable to your projector's
USB-B
port.
2.
Connect the other end to any available USB port on your computer.
If you want to use the remote control as a wireless mouse, you need to change the
USB Type B
setting in the projector's Extended menu. You may also need to configure your computer to work with an external USB mouse. See your computer documentation for details.
Parent topic:
Connecting to Computer Sources
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Connecting a Computer to the Control Pad
If your computer meets the system requirements, you can send video and audio output to the projector through the control pad's
USB-B
port (preferably USB 2.0). Connect the projector and your computer to the control pad using USB cables.
1.
Turn on your computer.
2.
Set the
USB Type B
setting in the External menu to one of the
USB Display
options.
45
3.
Connect a USB cable to the
USB-B
port on the projector and to the
USB-A
port on the control pad.
4.
Connect another USB cable to the USB port on the bottom of the control pad and any available USB port on your computer.
5.
To use USB Display, do one of the following:
•
Windows 10/Windows 8.x
: Click
EPSON_PJ_UD
in the upper right-corner, then select
Run
EMP_UDSe.exe
in the dialog box that appears to install the Epson USB Display software.
46
•
Windows 7/Windows Vista
: Select
Run EMP_UDSE.exe
in the dialog box that appears to install the Epson USB Display software.
•
Mac
: The USB Display setup folder appears on your screen. Select
USB Display Installer
and follow the on-screen instructions to install the Epson USB Display software.
Follow any on-screen instructions. You need to install this software only the first time you connect the projector to the computer.
The projector displays the image from your computer's desktop and outputs sound, if your presentation contains audio.
Parent topic:
Connecting to Computer Sources
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Connecting to a Computer for Sound
If your computer presentation includes sound and you did not connect it to the projector's
USB-B
or
HDMI
port, you can still play sound through the projector's speaker system. Just connect an optional
3.5 mm stereo mini-jack audio cable as described here.
1.
Connect the audio cable to your laptop's headphone or audio-out jack, or your desktop's speaker or audio-out port.
2.
Connect the other end to the
Audio
port that corresponds to the
Computer
port you are using.
Parent topic:
Connecting to Computer Sources
47
Connecting to Video Sources
Follow the instructions in these sections to connect video devices to the projector.
Connecting to an HDMI Video Source
Connecting to an MHL-Compatible Device
Connecting to a Component Video Source
Connecting to a Composite Video Source
Connecting to a Video Source for Sound
Parent topic:
Connecting to an HDMI Video Source
If your video source has an HDMI port, you can connect it to the projector using an optional HDMI cable.
The HDMI connection provides the best image quality.
1.
Connect the HDMI cable to your video source's HDMI output port.
2.
Connect the other end to one of the projector's HDMI ports.
Note:
The projector converts the digital audio signal sent from your video source into a mono analog signal for the internal speaker or a stereo analog signal if you are connecting to external speakers.
Note:
If you have problems hearing audio through the HDMI connection, you can use one of the projector's audio ports instead to play sound. Connect one end of an optional 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack audio cable to one of the projector's audio ports and the other end to your video source's audio out port.
48
Then select the audio port you connected to as the
HDMI1 Audio Output
or
HDMI2 Audio Output
setting in the Extended menu.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Connecting to an MHL-Compatible Device
If you have an MHL-compatible smartphone or tablet, you can connect it to the projector using either an
MHL cable or an HDMI cable with a device-compatible MHL adapter. If you have a device with a built-in
MHL connector, plug it directly into the
HDMI 1/MHL
port.
Note:
Some connected devices may not charge when using an MHL adapter.
1.
Connect the MHL cable or adapter to your device's Micro-USB port.
2.
If you are using an MHL adapter, connect it to an MHL-compatible HDMI cable.
3.
Connect the other end of the cable to the projector's
HDMI 1/MHL
port.
Note:
The projector converts the digital audio signal sent from your video source into a mono analog signal for the internal speaker or a stereo analog signal if you are connecting to external speakers.
Parent topic:
49
Connecting to a Component Video Source
If your video source has component video ports, you can connect it to the projector using an optional component-to-VGA video cable. Depending on your component ports, you may need to use an adapter cable along with a component video cable.
1.
Connect the component connectors to your video source's color-coded component video output ports, usually labeled
Y
,
Pb
,
Pr
or
Y
,
Cb
,
Cr
. If you are using an adapter, connect these connectors to your component video cable.
2.
Connect the VGA connector to a
Computer
port on the projector.
3.
Tighten the screws on the VGA connector.
If your image colors appear incorrect, you may need to change the
Input Signal
setting in the projector's
Signal menu.
Parent topic:
Related references
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Connecting to a Composite Video Source
If your video source has a composite video port, you can connect it to the projector using an optional
RCA-style video or A/V cable.
1.
Connect the cable with the yellow connector to your video source's yellow video output port.
50
2.
Connect the other end to the projector's
Video
port.
Parent topic:
Connecting to a Video Source for Sound
You can play sound through the projector's speaker system if your video source has audio output ports.
If you are projecting video using the
Video
or a
Computer
port, connect the projector to the video source using an optional stereo mini-jack audio cable.
Note:
If you connected your video source to the projector using an HDMI cable, the audio signal is transferred with the video signal; you do not need an additional cable for sound.
1.
Connect the audio cable to your video source's audio-out ports.
51
2.
Connect the other end of the cable to the projector's
Audio
port that corresponds to the port you are using for video.
Parent topic:
Connecting External Output Devices
See these sections to connect the projector to external output devices.
Connecting to an External Computer Monitor
Connecting to an External DVI Monitor or Projector
Connecting to External Speakers
Parent topic:
Connecting to an External Computer Monitor
If you connected a computer to the projector's
Computer
port, you can also connect an external monitor to the projector. This lets you see your presentation on the external monitor even when the projected image is not visible.
If you want to output images to an external monitor when the projector is turned off, you need to select
Communication On
as the
Standby Mode
setting and
Always On
as the
A/V Output
setting in the projector's menu system.
Note:
Monitors that use a refresh rate less than 60 Hz may not be able to display images correctly.
1.
Make sure your computer is connected to the projector's
Computer
port.
52
2.
Connect the external monitor's cable to your projector's
Monitor Out
port.
Note:
Content you draw using the interactive features is not displayed on an external monitor unless you draw it using Easy Interactive Tools.
Parent topic:
Connecting External Output Devices
Connecting to an External DVI Monitor or Projector
If your external monitor or projector uses a DVI-D connector, you can connect it to the projector's
DVI-D
Out
port.
1.
Turn off the DVI monitor or projector you plan to connect to the projector's
DVI-D Out
port.
Caution:
Connecting a device to the
DVI-D Out
port with the power on can damage your projector.
2.
Connect a DVI-D cable to the projector's
DVI-D Out
port.
53
3.
Connect the other end to your monitor or projector's DVI-D port.
4.
Select the image source you want to display on the DVI monitor or projector as the
A/V Settings
>
DVI Output
setting in the projector's Extended menu.
Note:
Refresh speed may vary depending on the
DVI Output
setting.
Parent topic:
Connecting External Output Devices
Connecting to External Speakers
To enhance the sound from your presentation, you can connect the projector to external self-powered speakers. You can control the volume using the projector's remote control.
You can also connect the projector to an amplifier with speakers.
If you want to output audio from the external speakers when the projector is turned off, you need to select
Communication On
as the
Standby Mode
setting and
Always On
as the
A/V Output
setting in the projector's menu system.
Note:
The projector's built-in speaker system is disabled when you connect external speakers.
1.
Make sure your computer or video source is connected to the projector with both audio and video cables as necessary.
2.
Locate the appropriate cable to connect your external speakers, such as a stereo mini-jack-to-pinjack cable, or another type of cable or adapter.
3.
Connect one end of the cable to your external speakers as necessary.
54
4.
Connect the stereo mini-jack end of the cable to your projector's
Audio Out
port.
Parent topic:
Connecting External Output Devices
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Connecting to External USB Devices
Follow the instructions in these sections to connect external USB devices to the projector.
Connecting a USB Device or Camera to the Projector
Connecting a USB Device to the Control Pad
Selecting the Connected USB Source
Disconnecting a USB Device or Camera From the Projector
Parent topic:
Related tasks
USB Device Projection
You can project images and other content without using a computer or video device by connecting any of these devices to your projector or to the control pad:
• USB flash drive
55
• Digital camera or smartphone
• USB hard drive
• Multimedia storage viewer
Note:
Digital cameras or smartphones must be USB-mounted devices, not TWAIN-compliant devices, and must be USB Mass Storage Class-compliant.
Note:
USB hard drives must meet these requirements:
• USB Mass Storage Class-compliant (not all USB Mass Storage Class devices are supported)
• Formatted in FAT or FAT32
• Self-powered by their own AC power supplies (bus-powered hard drives are not recommended)
• Does not have multiple partitions
You can project slide shows from image files on a connected USB device.
Parent topic:
Connecting to External USB Devices
Related tasks
Connecting a USB Device or Camera to the Projector
You can connect your USB device or camera to the projector's
USB-A
port and use it to project images and other content.
1.
If your USB device came with a power adapter, plug the device into an electrical outlet.
56
2.
Connect the USB cable (or USB flash drive) to the projector's
USB-A
port.
Note:
Do not connect a USB hub or a USB cable longer than 10 feet (3 m), or the device may not operate correctly.
3.
Connect the other end of the cable (if applicable) to your device.
Parent topic:
Connecting to External USB Devices
Related tasks
Connecting a USB Device to the Control Pad
You can connect your USB device to the
USB-A
port on the control pad and use it to project images and other content.
1.
If your USB device came with a power adapter, plug the device into an electrical outlet.
57
2.
Connect a USB cable to the
USB-A
port on the projector and to the
USB-B
port on the control pad.
3.
Connect the USB cable for the device (or USB flash drive ) to the
USB-A
port on the bottom of the control pad.
4.
Connect the other end of the cable (if applicable) to your device.
Note:
You can also connect a USB device directly to the projector's
USB-A
port.
58
Parent topic:
Connecting to External USB Devices
Related tasks
Selecting the Connected USB Source
You can switch the projector's display to the source you connected to the port. You can switch the projector's display to the source you connected to one of the
USB-A
ports. To display the connected
USB device, select the
USB1
source.
Note:
If you have connected a document camera, select the
USB2
source.
1.
Make sure the connected USB source is turned on, if necessary.
2.
Press the
Source Search
button on the remote control and select the
USB1
or
USB2
source.
Parent topic:
Connecting to External USB Devices
Disconnecting a USB Device or Camera From the Projector
When you finish presenting with a connected USB device or camera, you must prepare to disconnect the device from the projector.
1.
If the device has a power button, turn off and unplug the device.
2.
Disconnect the USB device or camera from the projector.
Parent topic:
Connecting to External USB Devices
Connecting to a Document Camera
You can connect a document camera to your projector to project images viewed by the camera.
Depending on your Epson document camera model, do one of the following to connect the document camera to your projector:
• For the Epson DC-06 document camera, locate the USB cable that came with the camera and connect it to the projector's
USB-A
port and to the document camera's USB Type B port.
• For the Epson DC-11 document camera, connect it to the projector's
Computer
or
Video
port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. See the document camera manual for details.
• For the Epson DC-12 document camera, connect it to the projector's
HDMI
,
Computer
, or
Video
port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. See the document camera manual for details.
• For the Epson DC-20 document camera, connect it to the projector's
HDMI
,
Computer
, or
Video
port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. See the document camera manual for details.
59
• For the Epson DC-21 document camera, connect it to the projector's
HDMI
,
Computer
, or
Video
port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. See the document camera manual for details.
Note:
For additional features supported by software, connect your document camera to your computer instead of the projector. See the document camera manual for details.
Parent topic:
Connecting a Printer to the Control Pad
You can connect an Epson printer or all-in-one device to the
Printer
port on the control pad and use it to print your projected and annotated content from the whiteboard.
Note:
Make sure the printer meets the control command requirements.
1.
Connect a USB cable to the
USB-A
port on the projector and to the
USB-B
port on the control pad.
60
2.
Connect another USB cable to the
Printer
port on the control pad. Make sure the cable is no longer than 16.4 ft (5 m).
3.
Connect the other end of the cable to the USB type B port on the printer.
Note:
You can connect a wireless printer by selecting
Network
as the
Whiteboard Settings
>
>
Default Printer
setting in the Extended menu.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Connecting Multiple Projectors of the Same Model
If you use the interactive features of multiple projectors of the same model in the same room, you need to synchronize the projectors. To do this, connect the optional remote control cable set (V12H005C28) or a stereo mini cable to the
SYNC
port on each projector.
61
1.
Connect one end of the cable to the
SYNC In
port on one projector, and connect the other end to the
SYNC Out
port on the other projector.
Note:
If you are connecting three or more projectors, connect the projectors in a chain as shown.
2.
In the Extended menu of each projector, set the
Sync of Projectors
setting to
Wired
.
Note:
If you are syncing multiple projectors with a combination of wired and infrared connections, set the
Wired Sync Mode
setting to
Mode 2
in each projector's Extended menu. If you are syncing using an infrared connection and the projectors are more than 6.6 feet (2 m) apart, set the
Distance of Projectors
setting to
Mode 1
in each projector's Extended menu.
Parent topic:
Related concepts
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
62
Installing Batteries in the Remote Control
The remote control uses the two AA batteries that came with the projector.
Caution:
Use only the type of batteries specified in this manual. Do not install batteries of different types, or mix new and old batteries.
1.
Remove the battery cover.
2.
Insert the batteries with the
+
and
–
ends facing as shown.
63
3.
Replace the battery cover and press it down until it clicks into place.
Warning:
Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Keep batteries out of the reach of children; they are choking hazards and are very dangerous if swallowed.
Parent topic:
Installing Batteries in the Pens
Each pen uses one AA battery.
1.
Remove the battery cover as shown.
64
2.
Insert the battery with the
+
and
–
ends facing as shown.
3.
Replace the battery cover and press it down until it clicks into place.
Warning:
Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Keep batteries out of the reach of children; they are choking hazards and are very dangerous if swallowed.
Parent topic:
65
Using the Projector on a Network
Follow the instructions in these sections to set up your projector for use on a network.
Note:
The interactive features may be slower over a network connection than over a USB connection.
Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen Mirroring)
Setting Up Projector Network E-Mail Alerts
Setting Up Monitoring Using SNMP
Controlling a Networked Projector Using a Web Browser
Registering a Digital Certificate on the Projector
Wired Network Projection
You can project through a wired network. To do this, you connect the projector to your network, and then set up your projector and computer for network projection.
After connecting and setting up the projector as described here, install the network software from the included CD or download the software and manuals as necessary.
Note:
If your projector is connected via a LAN cable to a network that includes a wireless access point, you can connect to the projector wirelessly through the access point using the Epson network software.
Selecting Wired Network Settings
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Related references
Additional Projector Software and Manuals
Connecting to a Wired Network
To connect the projector to a wired local area network (LAN), use a 100Base-TX or 10Base-T network cable. To ensure proper data transmission, use a Category 5 shielded cable or better.
66
1.
Connect one end of the network cable to your network hub, switch, or router.
2.
Connect the other end of the cable to the projector's
LAN
port.
Parent topic:
Selecting Wired Network Settings
Before you can project from computers on your network, you must select the network settings for the projector using its menu system.
Note:
Make sure you already connected the projector to your wired network using the
LAN
port.
1.
Turn on the projector.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
67
3.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Basic
menu and press
Enter
.
6.
Select the following basic options as necessary:
•
Projector Name
lets you enter a name up to 16 alphanumeric characters long to identify the projector over the network.
•
PJLink Password
lets you enter a password up to 32 alphanumeric characters long for using the
PJLink protocol for projector control.
68
•
Remote Password
lets you enter a password up to 8 alphanumeric characters long for accessing the Remote or Basic Control screen in Epson Web Control. (Default user name is
EPSONREMOTE
; default password is
guest
.)
•
Web Control Password
lets you enter a password up to 8 alphanumeric characters long for accessing the projector over the web. (Default user name is
EPSONWEB
; default password is
admin
.)
•
Moderator Password
lets you enter a password up to 4 numbers long for accessing the projector as a moderator using EasyMP Multi PC Projection or the Epson iProjection app. (No default password.)
•
Projector Keyword
lets you turn on a security password to prevent access to the projector by anyone not in the room with it. You must enter a displayed, randomized keyword from a computer using the EasyMP Multi PC Projection software to access the projector.
•
Display LAN Info
lets you select how the projector displays network information. You can select an option to display a QR code that lets you quickly connect your iOS or Android devices using the
Epson iProjection app.
Note:
Use the displayed keyboard to enter the name, passwords, and keyword. Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to highlight characters and press
Enter
to select them.
7.
Select the
Wired LAN
menu and press
Enter
.
8.
If necessary, select
IP Settings
and press
Enter
.
69
9.
Select your IP Settings as necessary:
• If your network assigns addresses automatically, turn on the
DHCP
setting.
• If you must set addresses manually, turn off
DHCP
and enter the projector's
IP Address
,
Subnet
Mask
, and
Gateway Address
as needed.
Note:
To highlight the numbers you want from the displayed keyboard, press the arrow buttons on the remote control. To select a highlighted number, press
Enter
. Or, press and hold the
Num
button on the remote control while entering the desired numbers.
10. To prevent display of the IP address on the standby screen, turn off
IP Address Display
.
11. When you finish selecting settings, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Wireless Network Projection
You can project over a wireless network. To do this, you must set up your projector and computer for wireless projection.
There are two ways to connect to your projector wirelessly:
• Creating a Quick Wireless Connection USB Key (Windows only) using the Easy MP Multi PC
Projection software
• Configuring the connection manually using the projector's Network menus
After setting up the projector as described here, install the network software from the included CD or download the software and manuals as necessary.
Note:
If your projector is connected via a LAN cable to a network that includes a wireless access point, you can connect to the projector wirelessly through the access point using the Epson network software.
Installing the Wireless LAN Module
Connecting Directly to a Smartphone or Tablet
Using Quick Wireless Connection (Windows)
Selecting Wireless Network Settings Manually
Selecting Wireless Network Settings in Windows
Selecting Wireless Network Settings on Mac
Setting Up Wireless Network Security
70
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Related references
Additional Projector Software and Manuals
Optional Equipment and Replacement Parts
Installing the Wireless LAN Module
To use the projector over a wireless network, install the Epson 802.11b/g/n wireless module in the projector. Do not install any other type of wireless module.
Caution:
Never remove the module while its indicator light is blue or flashing, or while you are projecting wirelessly. You may damage the module or lose data.
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord.
71
2.
Unscrew and remove the cable cover if it is attached (screwdriver not included).
72
3.
Insert the wireless LAN module into the port shown here.
4.
Replace the cable cover and tighten the screws.
5.
Plug in and turn on the projector.
Parent topic:
Connecting Directly to a Smartphone or Tablet
You can display a QR code on the screen and use it to connect a single smartphone or tablet to your projector with the Epson iProjection app.
1.
Download the latest version of Epson iProjection from the App Store or Google Play and install it on your smartphone or tablet.
2.
Press the
Menu
button on the projector or the remote control.
73
3.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Wireless LAN
menu and press
Enter
.
6.
Select
Connection Mode
and press
Enter
.
7.
Select
Quick
and press
Enter
, then press
Enter
again.
8.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
74
9.
Press the
Home
button on the projector or the remote control.
10. Select the QR code icon and press
Enter
.
Your projector displays a QR code on the projection surface.
11. Open Epson iProjection on your smartphone or tablet.
12. Use the QR code reader feature to read the QR code and connect your device to the projector.
Your smartphone or tablet is now connected to your projector. Visit epson.com/iprojection (U.S.) or epson.ca/iprojection (Canada) for information on controlling your projector with the Epson iProjection app.
Parent topic:
Using Quick Wireless Connection (Windows)
You can create a Quick Wireless Connection USB Key to quickly connect the projector to a Windows computer wirelessly. Then you can project your presentation and remove the key when you are done.
Note:
A USB flash drive is not included with your projector.
75
1.
Create a Quick Wireless Connection USB Key with a USB flash drive and the EasyMP Multi PC
Projection software.
Note:
See the
EasyMP Multi PC Projection Operation Guide
for instructions.
2.
Turn on the projector.
3.
Insert the USB key into the projector's
USB-A
port.
76
Note:
If the control pad is connected to the projector, you can connect the USB key to the
USB-A
port on the control pad instead.
You see a projected message that the network information update is complete.
4.
Remove the USB key.
5.
Insert the USB key into a USB port on your computer.
Note:
In Windows Vista, if you see the AutoPlay window, select
Run MPPLaunch.exe
, then select
Allow
on the next screen.
6.
Follow the on-screen instructions to install the EasyMP Multi PC Projection software.
Note:
If you see a Windows Firewall message, click
Yes
to disable the firewall. You need administrator authority to install the software. If it is not installed automatically, double-click
MPPLaunch.exe
in the USB key.
After a few minutes, your computer image is displayed by the projector. If it does not appear, press the
LAN
or
Source Search
button on your remote control or restart your computer.
7.
Run your presentation as necessary.
77
8.
When you finish projecting wirelessly, select the
Safely Remove Hardware
option in the Windows taskbar, then remove the USB key from your computer.
Note:
You can share the USB key with other computers without disconnecting your computer. You may need to restart your computer to reactivate your wireless LAN connection.
Parent topic:
Selecting Wireless Network Settings Manually
Before you can project from your wireless network, you must select the network settings for the projector using its menu system.
1.
Turn on the projector.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Make sure the
Wireless LAN Power
setting is set to
On
.
5.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
78
6.
Select the
Basic
menu and press
Enter
.
7.
Select the following basic options as necessary:
•
Projector Name
lets you enter a name up to 16 alphanumeric characters long to identify the projector over the network.
•
PJLink Password
lets you enter a password up to 32 alphanumeric characters long for using the
PJLink protocol for projector control.
•
Remote Password
lets you enter a password up to 8 alphanumeric characters long for accessing the Remote or Basic Control screen in the Epson Web Control. (Default user name is
EPSONREMOTE
; default password is
guest
.)
•
Web Control Password
lets you enter a password up to 8 alphanumeric characters long for accessing the projector over the web. (Default user name is
EPSONWEB
; default password is
admin
.)
•
Moderator Password
lets you enter a password up to 4 numbers long for accessing the projector as a moderator with EasyMP Multi PC Projection or the Epson iProjection app.
•
Projector Keyword
lets you turn on a security password to prevent access to the projector by anyone not in the room with it. The projector displays a random keyword that you must enter from a computer using the EasyMP Multi PC Projection software or an iOS or Android device using iProjection.
79
•
Display LAN Info
lets you select how the projector displays network information. You can select an option to display a QR code that lets you quickly connect your iOS or Android devices using the
Epson iProjection app.
Note:
Use the displayed keyboard to enter the name, passwords and keyword. Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to highlight characters and press
Enter
to select them.
8.
Select the
Wireless LAN
menu and press
Enter
.
9.
Select the settings on the menu as necessary for your network.
10. When you finish selecting settings, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
After you complete the wireless settings for your projector, you need to select the wireless network on your computer, or iOS or Android device.
Parent topic:
80
Wireless LAN Menu Settings
Setting
Connection Mode
Search Access Point
SSID
Options
Quick
Advanced
Description
Selects the type of wireless connection:
Quick
: lets you directly connect to multiple devices and computers using the projector's wireless network.
For computers, use Easy MP
Multi PC Projection to use this mode.
Advanced
: lets you connect to multiple devices and computers via a wireless network access point
To Search View
Search for available wireless network access points in
Advanced
connection mode
Up 32 alphanumeric characters Sets the SSID (network name) of the wireless LAN system the projector is connecting to
81
Setting
Security
Passphrase
EAP Method
Options
Open
WPA2-PSK
WPA/WPA2-PSK
WPA2-EAP
WPA/WPA2-EAP
Various passphrases from 8 to
32 characters (from a web browser, the maximum is 63 characters)
Description
Selects the type of security used on the wireless network
WPA2-PSK
: uses WPA2 security with AES for encryption. Use the
Passphrase
value to establish a connection from a computer
WPA/WPA2-PSK
: uses WPA personal mode; encryption is dependent on the access point settings;
Passphrase
must be the same as the access point
WPA2-EAP
: uses WPA2 security and AES for encryption
WPA/WPA2-EAP
: uses WPA enterprise mode; encryption is dependent on the access point settings
Selects the pre-shared key used on the network; passphrases are case-sensitive. If the network settings are reset after the passphrase has been changed more than once, the first passphrase is restored.
Sets the EAP settings for WPA2-
EAP and WPA/WPA2-EAP security
EAP Type
User name
Password
Client Certificate
Verify Server Cert.
CA Certificate
RADIUS Server Name
82
Setting
Channel
IP Settings
SSID Display
IP Address Display
On
Off
On
Off
Options
1ch
6ch
11ch
DHCP
(
On
or
Off
)
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
Description
In
Quick
connection mode, selects the frequency band
(channel) used by the wireless
LAN
Selects DHCP if your network assigns IP addresses automatically, or turns off DHCP so you can enter the network's IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address as needed
Selects whether to display the
SSID on the network standby screen and Home screen
Selects whether to display the IP address on the network standby screen and Home screen
Parent topic:
Selecting Wireless Network Settings Manually
Selecting Wireless Network Settings in Windows
Before connecting to the projector, select the correct wireless network on your computer.
1.
To access your wireless utility software, access the Desktop and double-click the network icon on the Windows taskbar.
2.
Do one of the following:
• If your projector is set up on an existing network (Advanced mode), select the network name
(SSID).
• If your projector is configured for Quick mode, select the projector's SSID.
3.
Click
Connect
.
Parent topic:
Selecting Wireless Network Settings on Mac
Before connecting to the projector, select the correct wireless network on your Mac.
1.
Click the AirPort icon on the menu bar at the top of the screen.
83
2.
Make sure AirPort is turned on, then do one of the following:
• If your projector is set up on an existing network (Advanced mode), select the network name
(SSID).
• If your projector is configured for Quick mode, select the projector's SSID.
Parent topic:
Setting Up Wireless Network Security
You can set up security for your projector to use on a wireless network. Set up one of the following security options to match the settings used on your network:
• WPA2-PSK
• WPA2-EAP*
• WPA/WPA2-PSK*
• WPA/WPA2-EAP*
* Only available for the
Advanced
connection mode.
Note:
Contact your network administrator for guidance on entering the correct information.
1.
If you want to set up WPA2-EAP or WAP/WAP2-EAP security, make sure your digital certificate file is compatible with projector registration and placed directly on the USB storage device.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
84
4.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Wireless LAN
menu and press
Enter
.
6.
Select the
Security
setting and press
Enter
.
7.
Select the security settings for your network.
8.
When you finished, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer
(Screen Mirroring)
You can send images to your projector from mobile devices such as laptops, smartphones, and tablets using Miracast technology or from a Windows computer. If your device supports Miracast, you do not need to install any additional software.
Selecting Screen Mirroring Settings
Connecting for Screen Mirroring with a Windows 8.x/Windows 10 Computer
Connecting for Screen Mirroring with Miracast
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Screen Mirroring Restrictions
Note the following when using Screen Mirroring features:
• You cannot play audio with more than 3 channels.
• You cannot project images with a resolution above 1920 × 1080 and a frame rate above 50 fps.
• You cannot project 3D video.
• You cannot use extended Miracast features on Windows 8.1.
• You may not be able to view contents with copyright protection using a Miracast connection.
Parent topic:
Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen
Selecting Screen Mirroring Settings
You can select Screen Mirroring settings for your projector and then project images from your mobile device.
85
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
On
as the
Screen Mirroring
setting.
4.
Select
Screen Mirroring Settings
and press
Enter
.
5.
To enter a name for the projector, select
Display Name
. You can enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
6.
Select
Basic
or
Extended
as the
Operation Mode
setting.
7.
Select
Basic
and select these settings as necessary:
•
Wireless LAN Sys.
lets you select the type of wireless LAN system the projector is connected to.
•
Adjust Image Quality
lets you adjust the screen mirroring speed/quality. Select a small number to improve the quality and select a large number to increase the speed.
•
Connection Mode
lets you select the type of WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) you are using.
8.
Select
Extended
and select these settings as necessary (The
Extended
setting is only available if you select
Extended
as the
Operation Mode
setting.):
•
Meeting Mode
lets you select whether to allow other devices to connect while using Screen
Mirroring. Select
No Interruptions
to prevent other devices from connecting while Screen
Mirroring is active, or select
Interruptions OK
to allow another device to connect.
•
Channel
lets you select the wireless channel for the Screen Mirroring connection.
86
9.
Select
Display
and select these settings as necessary
•
Display PIN Code
selects whether the PIN code is displayed on the projected image while projecting from sources other than the Screen Mirroring source or not.
•
Display Device Name
selects whether the connected device name is displayed on the projected image while projecting from sources other than the Screen Mirroring source or not.
10. When you finish selecting settings, select
Set
and press
Enter
.
Parent topic:
Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen
Connecting for Screen Mirroring with a Windows 8.x/Windows 10 Computer
You can set up your computer to wirelessly project images and play sound using Screen Mirroring.
1.
Select the
Screen Mirroring
settings on your projector as necessary.
2.
Press the
LAN
button on the remote control to switch to the Screen Mirroring source.
You see the Screen Mirroring standby screen.
3.
Do one of the following:
•
Windows 10
: Open
Action Center
and select
Connect
.
•
Windows 8.x
: Select
Devices
>
Project
>
Add a wireless display
.
4.
Select your projector's Display Name from the list.
5.
If you see the PIN entry screen on your computer, enter the PIN code displayed on the Screen
Mirroring standby screen or at the bottom right of the projected image.
The projector displays the image from your computer or mobile device.
Note:
It may take some time to establish the connection. Do not disconnect the projector's power cord while it is connecting to your device. This may cause your device to freeze or malfunction.
Parent topic:
Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen
Related references
Projector Network Settings - Network Menu
Related tasks
Selecting Screen Mirroring Settings
87
Connecting for Screen Mirroring with Miracast
If your mobile device supports Miracast, you can connect it to the projector wirelessly and project images and sound.
1.
Select the
Screen Mirroring
settings on your projector as necessary.
2.
Press the
LAN
button on the remote control to switch to the Screen Mirroring source.
You see the Screen Mirroring standby screen.
3.
On your mobile device, use the Miracast function to search for the projector.
Note:
See your mobile device's documentation for information on accessing the Miracast function.
You see a list of available devices.
4.
Select your projector from the list.
5.
If you see the PIN entry screen on your mobile device, enter the PIN code displayed on the Screen
Mirroring standby screen or at the bottom right of the projected image.
The projector displays the image from your mobile device.
Caution:
It may take some time to establish the connection. Do not disconnect the projector's power cord while it is connecting to your device. Doing so may cause your device to freeze or malfunction.
Note:
Depending on the mobile device, you may need to delete a device when connecting. Follow the on-screen instructions on your device.
Parent topic:
Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen
Related references
Projector Network Settings - Network Menu
Related tasks
Selecting Screen Mirroring Settings
Setting Up Projector Network E-Mail Alerts
You can set up the projector to send you an e-mail alert over the network if there is a problem with the projector.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
88
2.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Notifications
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Turn on
Mail Notification
.
6.
Enter the IP address for the
SMTP Server
setting.
Note:
To enter the IP address using the numeric keys on the remote control, press and hold the
Num
button. Do not use these addresses: 127.x.x.x or 224.0.0.0 through 255.255.255.255 (where x is a number from 0 to 255).
7.
Select a number for the SMTP server
Port Number
setting, from 1 to 65535 (default is 25).
8.
Enter the sender's email address as the
From
setting.
9.
Choose an
Address
field, enter the e-mail address, and select the alerts you want to receive there.
Repeat for up to three addresses. Your e-mail address can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters long.
10. If you are using the PJLink protocol for projector control, turn on the
PJLink Notification
setting and enter the IP address where you want to receive PJLink notifications as the
Notified IP Address
setting.
11. When you finish selecting settings, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
89
Note:
If a critical problem causes a projector to shut down, you may not receive an e-mail alert.
Network Projector E-mail Alert Messages
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Network Projector E-mail Alert Messages
When a problem occurs with a networked projector, and you selected to receive e-mail alerts, you receive an e-mail containing the following information:
• The email address entered as the
From
setting
•
Epson Projector
on the subject line
• The name of the projector experiencing a problem
• The IP address of the affected projector
• Detailed information about the problem
Note:
If a critical problem causes a projector to shut down, you may not receive an e-mail alert.
Parent topic:
Setting Up Projector Network E-Mail Alerts
Setting Up Monitoring Using SNMP
Network administrators can install SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) software on network computers so they can monitor projectors. If your network uses this software, you can set up the projector for SNMP monitoring.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
90
4.
Select the
Notifications
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Turn on the
SNMP
setting.
6.
Enter up to two IP addresses to receive SNMP notifications as the
Trap IP Address
setting, using 0 to 255 for each address field.
Note:
To enter the IP address using the numeric keys on the remote control, press and hold the
Num
button. Do not use these addresses: 127.x.x.x or 224.0.0.0 through 255.255.255.255 (where x is a number from 0 to 255).
91
7.
Select the
Others
menu and press
Enter
.
8.
If you want to use the Secure HTTP protocol to encrypt communication when using Web Control, turn on the
Secure HTTP
setting and import the web server certificate using the
Web Server Cert.
setting.
9.
If available, select the
Priority Gateway
setting for your network.
10. If your network environment uses an AMX controller, turn on the
AMX Device Discovery
setting to allow the projector to be detected.
11. If your network environment uses a Crestron RoomView controller, turn on the
Crestron RoomView
setting to allow the projector to be detected.
12. If you are using the projector with a Control 4 Simple Device Discovery Protocol (SDDP) automation system, turn on the
Control4 SDDP
setting.
13. If you want this projector to receive broadcast messages over the network, turn on the
Message
Broadcasting
setting. Administrators can broadcast messages over the network using the Message
Broadcasting plug-in for EasyMP Monitor (Windows only).
14. When you finish selecting settings, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
92
Controlling a Networked Projector Using a Web Browser
Once you have connected your projector to your network, you can select projector settings and control projection using a compatible web browser. This lets you access the projector remotely.
Note:
The web setup and control features support Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.0 or later, and Safari on networks that do not use a proxy server for connection. You cannot select all of the projector menu settings or control all projector functions using a web browser.
Note:
If you set Standby Mode to
Communication On
in the ECO menu, you can use a web browser to select settings and control projection even if the projector is in standby mode.
1.
Make sure the projector is turned on.
2.
Start your web browser on a computer or device connected to the network.
3.
Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's
Enter
key.
Note:
If you attempt to connect to the Web Control screen via a proxy server, the screen will not be displayed. Make a direct connection to the Web Control screen.
4.
Select the icon.
Note:
You may need to log in before you see the Web Control screen. If you see a log in window, enter your user name and password. (The default user name is
EPSONWEB
and the default password is
admin
.)
You see the Web Control screen.
5.
To select projector menu settings, select the name of the menu and follow the on-screen instructions.
6.
To control projection remotely, select the
Web Remote
option from the
Projector Control
menu.
93
You see a screen like this:
1 Power button control
2 Selects
HDMI
port sources
3 Selects the
Computer
port source
4
Freeze
button control
5
A/V Mute
button control
6
Page
up and
Page
down button controls
7 Searches for sources
8 Selects the
Whiteboard
source
9 Selects the network source
10
Volume
button controls
11 Displays a QR code for connecting with iOS or Android devices using the Epson iProjection app
12 Displays closed captions
94
7.
Select the icon corresponding to the projector function you want to control.
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Creating an Address Book
When sending e-mails from whiteboard mode, you can choose e-mail addresses from an address book .
You can create the address book by loading a text file of up to 999 addresses through the web control page.
Note:
Addresses are displayed in the order they appear in the text file.
1.
Create the text file containing the list of addresses you want to add to the address book. The file must have the following characteristics:
• Tab-delimited
• Each line must contain a pair of strings separated by a tab: <name> <tab> <email_address>
• Filename with a .txt extension
• Character code must be Unicode
The text file should look something like this:
2.
Open a web browser on a computer connected to the network and connect to the projector by entering the IP address of the projector.
Note:
You can find the projector's IP address in the projector's Network menu.
Note:
You may need to log in before you see the Web Control screen. If you see a log in window, enter your user name and password. (The default user name is
EPSONWEB
and the default password is
admin
.)
3.
Enter the user name and password at the prompts.
95
4.
Select the icon.
Note:
If you attempt to connect to the Web Control screen via a proxy server, the screen will not be displayed. Make a direct connection to the Web Control screen.
You see the Web Control page.
5.
Select
Whiteboard Settings
>
>
Address Book Settings
>
Address Book File
and select the
Browse
button.
6.
Select the address book file and select
Set
.
The address book file is uploaded to the projector.
Note:
If you need to delete the address book, select
Whiteboard Settings
>
>
Address Book
Settings
>
Delete Address Book
and select
Set
.
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Crestron RoomView Support
If you are using the Crestron RoomView network monitoring and control system, you can set up your projector for use on the system. Crestron RoomView lets you control and monitor your projector using a web browser.
Note:
You cannot use the Epson Web Control feature or the Message Broadcasting plug-in for EasyMP
Monitor when you use Crestron RoomView.
For additional information on Crestron RoomView, contact Crestron.
Setting Up Crestron RoomView Support
Controlling a Networked Projector Using Crestron RoomView
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Setting Up Crestron RoomView Support
To set up your projector for monitoring and control using a Crestron RoomView system, make sure your computer and projector are connected to the network. If you are connecting wirelessly, set up the projector using the Advanced network connection mode.
96
Note:
If you want to use the Crestron RoomView system when the projector is turned off, you need to adjust the
Standby Mode
setting in the ECO menu.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Network Configuration
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Others
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Set the
Crestron RoomView
setting to
On
to allow the projector to be detected.
Note:
Enabling Crestron RoomView disables the Epson Message Broadcasting feature in the
EasyMP Monitor software.
6.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
7.
Turn off the projector, then turn it on again to enable the setting.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - ECO Menu
97
Controlling a Networked Projector Using Crestron RoomView
Once you have set up your projector to use Crestron RoomView, you can control and monitor projection using a compatible web browser.
1.
Start your web browser on a computer connected to the network.
2.
Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's
Enter
key.
You see this screen:
3.
Select the input source that you want to control in the Sources List box. You can scroll through available sources using the up and down arrows in the box.
4.
To control projection remotely, click the on-screen buttons that correspond to the projector's remote control buttons. You can scroll through button options at the bottom of the screen.
Note:
These on-screen buttons do not directly correspond to the projector's remote control buttons:
•
OK
acts as the
Enter
button
•
Menu
displays the projector's menu
5.
To view information about the projector, click the
Info
tab.
6.
To change projector, Crestron, and password settings, click the
Tools
tab, select settings on the displayed screen, and click
Send
.
7.
When you finish selecting settings, click
Exit
to exit the program.
98
Parent topic:
Registering a Digital Certificate on the Projector
Follow the instructions here if you need to install a digital certificate on the projector to provide security for your presentation files.
Importing a Web Server Certificate Using the Projector Menus
Registering Digital Certificates from a Web Browser
Parent topic:
Using the Projector on a Network
Importing a Web Server Certificate Using the Projector Menus
You can create your web server certificate and import it using the projector menus and a USB flash drive.
Note:
You can also register digital certificates from your web browser. Make sure to only register once, or the certificate may not install correctly.
1.
Make sure your digital certificate file is compatible with projector registration and saved in the root directory of the USB flash drive.
2.
Press the
Menu
button on the projector or remote control.
3.
Select the
Network
menu and press
Enter
.
99
4.
Select the
Network Configuration
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Others
menu and press
Enter
.
6.
Select
On
as the
Secure HTTP
setting.
7.
Select the
Web Server Cert.
setting and press
Enter
.
8.
Select
Register
and press
Enter
.
9.
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect a USB flash drive to the projector's
USB-A
port.
10. Press
Enter
to display the certificate list.
11. Select the certificate you want to import from the displayed list.
A message is displayed prompting you to enter the password for the certificate.
12. Enter the password and press
Enter
.
The certificate is imported and a completion message appears.
Parent topic:
Registering a Digital Certificate on the Projector
Registering Digital Certificates from a Web Browser
You can register the digital certificates on the projector for wireless LAN authentication.
1.
Make sure your digital certificate file is compatible with projector registration.
2.
Make sure the projector is turned on.
3.
Start your web browser on a computer connected to the network.
100
4.
Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's
Enter
key.
You see the Web Control screen and a prompt to enter a user ID and password.
5.
Enter the following information in uppercase or lowercase letters, exactly as shown:
• For the user ID, enter
EPSONWEB
. (You cannot change the user ID.)
• For the password, enter the default password
admin
. (You can change the Web Control password using the projector's Network menu.)
6.
Under
Network
, select the
Administrator Settings
option and select
Manage Certificates
.
You see a screen like this:
7.
Click the
Browse
button, select the certificate file, and click
Open
.
8.
Enter a password in the
Password
box.
9.
Click
Set
to adjust the certificate validity period.
10. When you finish registering the certificate, click
Apply
to finalize your changes and complete the registration.
Parent topic:
Registering a Digital Certificate on the Projector
101
Digital Certificate Types
You can register these types of digital certificates.
Client Certificate (PEAP-TLS/EAP-TLS)
Specification
Format
Extension
Encryption
Hashes
Key length
Password
Description
PKCS#12
PFX/P12
RSA
MD5/SHA-1/SHA-256/SHA-384/SHA-512
512/1024/2048/4096 bit
Up to 32 alphanumeric characters; required
Server Certificate (PEAP/PEAP-TLS/EAP-TLS/EAP-Fast)
Specification
Format
Extension
Encryption
Hashes
Key length
Encoding
Description
X509v3
DER/CER/PEM
RSA
MD5/SHA-1/SHA-256/SHA-384/SHA-512
512/1024/2048/4096 bit
BASE64/Binary
Web Server Certificate (Secure HTTP)
Specification
Format
Extension
Encryption
Hashes
Key length
Description
PKCS#12
PFX/P12
RSA
MD5/SHA-1/SHA-256/SHA-384/SHA-512
512/1024/2048/4096 bit
102
Specification
Common name
Organization
Password
Description
Network host name
Optional
Up to 32 alphanumeric characters; required
Parent topic:
Registering a Digital Certificate on the Projector
103
Using Basic Projector Features
Follow the instructions in these sections to use your projector's basic features.
Selecting the Language for the Projector Menus
Resizing the Image with the Wide and Tele Buttons
Controlling the Volume with the Volume Buttons
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
Turning On the Projector
Turn on the computer or video equipment you want to use before you turn on the projector so it can display the image source.
104
1.
Connect the power cord to the projector's power inlet.
2.
Plug the power cord into an electrical outlet.
Note:
With
Direct Power On
turned on, the projector turns on as soon as you plug it in.
The projector's On/Standby light turns blue. This indicates that the projector is receiving power.
3.
Press the power button on the projector or the remote control to turn on the projector.
The projector beeps and the Status light flashes blue as the projector warms up. Once the projector is warmed up, the Status light stops flashing and turns blue.
Warning:
Never look into the projector lens when the lamp is on. This can damage your eyes and is especially dangerous for children.
If you do not see a projected image right away, try the following:
• Turn on the connected computer or video device.
105
• Insert a DVD or other video media and press the play button, if necessary.
• Press the
Source Search
button on the projector or remote control to detect the video source.
• Press the button for the video source on the remote control.
• If the Home screen is displayed, select the source you want to project.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Using the Home Screen
You can select input sources and other frequently used options from the Home screen.
1.
To display the Home screen, do one of the following:
• Press the
Home
button on the remote control.
• Turn on the projector with the
Home Screen Auto Disp
setting enabled.
• Turn on the projector when no signal is received from the selected input source.
106
2.
Press the arrow buttons on the remote control or control panel to navigate the screen, and press
Enter
to select an option.
1 Describes the function of the selection
2 Displays the whiteboard source
3 Shares the whiteboard
4 Starts a remote desktop connection
5 Displays a QR code for device connection
6 Displays the on-screen help
7 Hides the Home screen
8 Displays the interactive settings
9 Select customizable menu options
Note:
You can select the customizable menu options using the
Custom Setting L1
through
Custom Setting R3
settings in the Extended menu.
107
3.
Press the
Home
button or press the
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
icon to hide the Home screen.
Turning Off the Projector
Before turning off the projector, shut down any computer connected to it so you can see the computer display during shutdown.
Note:
Turn off this product when not in use to prolong the life of the projector. Lamp life will vary depending upon mode selected, environmental conditions, and usage. Brightness decreases over time.
Note:
When using the A/V Mute feature, the projector lamp is still on. To turn off the lamp, turn off the projector.
1.
Press the power button on the projector or the remote control.
The projector displays a shutdown confirmation screen.
2.
Press the power button again. (To leave it on, press any other button.)
The projector beeps twice, the lamp turns off, and the Status light turns off.
Note:
With Epson's Instant Off technology, there is no cool-down period so you can pack up the projector for transport right away (if necessary).
108
Caution:
Do not turn the projector on immediately after turning it off. Turning the projector on and off frequently may shorten the life of the lamp.
3.
To transport or store the projector, make sure the Status light is off, then unplug the power cord.
Caution:
To avoid damaging the projector or lamp, never unplug the power cord when the Status light is on or flashing.
Note:
Do not unplug the power cord while projecting or data on the whiteboard may be lost. If the
Auto Delete Saved Data
setting is set to
Retain
in the Extended menu, you can select whether or not to clear the data on the whiteboard when you turn off the projector.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
109
Selecting the Language for the Projector Menus
If you want to view the projector's menus and messages in another language, you can change the
Language setting.
1.
Turn on the projector.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Language
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the language you want to use and press
Enter
.
6.
Press
Menu
or
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Image Shape
You can project an evenly rectangular image by placing the projector directly in front of the center of the screen and keeping it level. If you place the projector at an angle to the screen, or tilted up or down, or off to the side, you may need to correct the image shape for the best display quality.
Note:
For interactive use, the image must be evenly rectangular, without distortion.
Correcting Image Shape with the Keystone Buttons
Correcting Image Shape with Quick Corner
110
Correcting Image Shape with Arc Correction
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Correcting Image Shape with the Keystone Buttons
You can use the projector's keystone correction buttons to correct the shape of an image that is unevenly rectangular on the sides.
Note:
You can use the keystone buttons to correct the image up to ± 3° horizontally or vertically.
Note:
Using the keystone correction buttons may affect interactive pen and finger touch calibration.
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
Note:
You can display a pattern to aid in adjusting the projected image using the Settings menu.
2.
Press one of these keystone buttons on the control panel to display the Keystone adjustment screen.
111
3.
Press a keystone button on the projector's control panel to adjust the image shape.
Note:
The horizontal keystone adjustment buttons are labeled
W
and
T
.
After correction, your image is slightly smaller.
Note:
If the projector is installed out of reach, you can also correct the image shape with the remote control using the
H/V-Keystone
settings in the projector menus.
Parent topic:
112
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Correcting Image Shape with Quick Corner
You can use the projector's Quick Corner setting to correct the shape and size of an image that is unevenly rectangular on all sides.
Note:
Adjusting the Quick Corner setting may affect interactive pen and finger touch calibration.
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
Note:
You can display a pattern to aid in adjusting the projected image using the Settings menu.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
Settings
menu and press
Enter
.
113
4.
Select the
Geometry Correction
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Quick Corner
setting and press
Enter
. Then press
Enter
again.
You see the Quick Corner adjustment screen:
Note:
To reset your adjustments, press and hold the
Esc
button for at least 2 seconds to display a reset screen. Then select
Yes
.
6.
Use the arrow buttons on the projector or the remote control to select the corner of the image you want to adjust. Then press
Enter
.
7.
Press the arrow buttons to adjust the image shape as necessary. Press
Enter
to return to the area selection screen.
8.
When you are finished, press
Esc
.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Correcting Image Shape with Arc Correction
You can use the projector's Arc Correction setting to adjust the curve or arc of the sides of your image.
Note:
Adjusting the Arc Correction setting may affect interactive pen and finger touch calibration.
114
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
Note:
You can display a pattern to aid in adjusting the projected image using the Settings menu.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
Settings
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Geometry Correction
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Arc Correction
setting and press
Enter
. Then select the
Arc Correction
setting and press
Enter
again.
115
You see the Arc Correction adjustment screen:
Note:
To reset your adjustments, press the
Esc
button for at least 2 seconds to display a reset screen, and select
Yes
.
6.
Use the arrow buttons on the projector or the remote control to select the corner or side of the image you want to adjust. Then press
Enter
.
7.
Press the arrow buttons to adjust the image shape as necessary.
8.
When you are finished, press
Esc
.
9.
To save your adjusted image position, select
Save Memory
and select an entry. You can save up to three image positions.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Resizing the Image with the Wide and Tele Buttons
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
2.
To enlarge the image size, press the
W
(Wide) button on the projector's control panel.
116
3.
To reduce the image size, press the
T
(Tele) button.
After you adjust the image size, the Image Shift screen is displayed automatically for adjusting the image position.
Note:
If the projector is installed out of reach, you can also adjust the image size with the remote control using the
Zoom
setting in the projector menus.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Adjusting the Image Position
You can use the Image Shift feature to adjust the image position without moving the projector.
Note:
This feature is not available if the
Zoom
option is set to the widest setting.
117
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
2.
Adjust the image size using the
W
(Wide) and
T
(Tele) buttons.
After you adjust the image size, the Image Shift screen is displayed automatically.
3.
Use the arrow buttons on the projector or remote control to adjust the image position.
Note:
You can also use the Settings menu to adjust the
Image Shift
setting.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Focusing the Image
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
Note:
You can display a pattern to aid in adjusting the projected image using the Settings menu.
118
2.
Slide the air filter cover latch and open the air filter cover.
3.
Raise or lower the focus lever to sharpen the image.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
119
Remote Control Operation
The remote control lets you control the projector from almost anywhere in the room, up to 19.7 feet (6 m) away. You can point it at the screen or board, or the front or back of the projector.
Make sure that you aim the remote control at the projector's receivers within the angles listed here.
1 19.7 feet (6 m)
2 ± 30°
3 ± 55°
4 60°
5 75°
6 15°
Note:
Avoid using the remote control in conditions with bright fluorescent lights or in direct sunlight, or the projector may not respond to commands. If you will not use the remote control for a long time, remove the batteries.
120
Using the Remote Control as a Wireless Mouse
Using the Remote Control as a Pointer
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Using the Remote Control as a Wireless Mouse
You can use the projector's remote control as a wireless mouse so you can control projection at a distance from the computer. The computer must be running Windows Vista or later, OS X 10.7 or later, or macOS 10.12.x
Note:
You cannot use this feature at the same time as the interactive pens. If you want to use the remote control as a wireless mouse, you need to change the
USB Type B
setting in the projector's Extended menu.
1.
Connect the projector to a computer using the projector's
USB-B
,
Computer
, or
HDMI
port to display video.
Note:
You cannot use the wireless mouse feature with an MHL connection.
2.
If you connected your computer to a port other than the projector's
USB-B
port, also connect a USB cable to the projector's
USB-B
port and to a USB port on your computer (for wireless mouse support).
3.
Start your presentation.
4.
Use the following buttons on the remote control to control your presentation:
• To move through slides or pages, press the up or down
Page
buttons.
121
• To move the cursor on the screen, use the arrow buttons.
• To left-click, press the button once (press it twice to double-click).
• To right-click, press the
Esc
button.
• To drag-and-drop, hold the button as you move the cursor with the arrow buttons, then release the button at the destination.
Note:
If the mouse button settings are set to reverse on the computer, the remote control buttons will also be reversed.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Using the Remote Control as a Pointer
You can use the projector's remote control as a pointer to help you call out important information on the screen. The default pointer shape is an arrow, but you can select an alternative shape using the Settings menu.
1.
Press the
Pointer
button on the remote control.
2.
Use the arrow buttons on the remote control to move the pointer on the screen.
122
3.
Press
Esc
to clear the pointer from the screen.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Selecting an Image Source
If you connected multiple image sources to the projector, such as a computer and DVD player, you may want to switch from one image source to the other.
Note:
If you turned on the
Auto Source Search
setting in the Extended menu, the projector automatically switches to another detected image source if the signal to the current image source is lost.
1.
Make sure the connected image source you want to use is turned on.
2.
For video image sources, insert a DVD or other video media and press its play button, if necessary.
123
3.
Do one of the following:
• Press the
Source Search
button on the projector, remote control, or control pad until you see the image from the source you want.
124
• Press the button for the source you want on the remote control. If there is more than one port for that source, press the button again to cycle through the sources.
1 HDMI and MHL sources
2 Computer port source (
Computer
port)
3 Network source (
LAN
and Screen Mirroring)
4 Whiteboard source (toggles between the whiteboard and the previously selected source)
• Press the
Home
button on the remote control or projector and select your image source.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
125
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Related tasks
Projection Modes
Depending on how you positioned the projector, you may need to change the projection mode so your images project correctly.
•
Front
lets you project from a table in front of the screen.
•
Front/Upside Down
(default setting) flips the image over top-to-bottom to project upside-down from a wall or ceiling mount. Also use this mode when you mount the projector vertically on a table to create an interactive work surface.
•
Rear
flips the image horizontally to project from behind a translucent screen.
•
Rear/Upside Down
flips the image over top-to-bottom and horizontally to project from the wall or ceiling and behind a translucent screen.
Note:
The two Rear projection modes cannot be used with the interactive features.
You can change the projection mode using the remote control or by changing the
Projection
setting in the
Extended
menu.
Changing the Projection Mode Using the Remote Control
Changing the Projection Mode Using the Menus
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Changing the Projection Mode Using the Remote Control
You can change the projection mode to flip the image over top-to-bottom.
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
126
2.
Hold down the
A/V Mute
button on the remote control for five seconds.
The image disappears briefly and reappears flipped top-to-bottom.
3.
To change projection back to the original mode, hold down the
A/V Mute
button for five seconds again.
Parent topic:
Changing the Projection Mode Using the Menus
You can change the projection mode to flip the image over top-to-bottom and/or left-to-right using the projector menus.
1.
Turn on the projector and display an image.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Projection
setting and press
Enter
.
127
5.
Select a projection mode and press
Enter
.
6.
Press
Menu
or
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Image Aspect Ratio
The projector can display images in different width-to-height ratios called aspect ratios. Normally the input signal from your video source determines the image's aspect ratio. However, for certain images you can change the aspect ratio to fit your screen by pressing a button on the remote control.
If you always want to use a particular aspect ratio for a certain video input source, you can select it using the projector's menus.
Changing the Image Aspect Ratio
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Changing the Image Aspect Ratio
You can change the aspect ratio of the displayed image to resize it.
1.
Turn on the projector and switch to the image source you want to use.
2.
Press the
Aspect
button on the remote control.
The shape and size of the displayed image changes, and the name of the aspect ratio appears briefly on the screen.
128
3.
To cycle through the available aspect ratios for your input signal, press the
Aspect
button repeatedly.
Note:
To remove black bars when projecting from a computer, set the
Resolution
setting to
Wide
or
Normal
in the Signal menu, depending on your computer's resolution.
Parent topic:
Related references
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Available Image Aspect Ratios
You can select the following image aspect ratios, depending on the input signal from your image source.
Note:
Black bands and cropped images may project in certain aspect ratios, depending on the aspect ratio and resolution of your input signal.
Aspect ratio setting
Auto
Normal
16:9
Full
Zoom
Native
Description
Automatically sets the aspect ratio according to the input signal and the
Resolution
setting.
Displays images using the full projection area and maintains the aspect ratio of the image.
Converts the aspect ratio of the image to 16:9.
Displays images using the full width of the projection area, but does not maintain the aspect ratio.
Displays images using the full width of the projection area and maintains the aspect ratio of the image.
Displays images as is (aspect ratio and resolution are maintained).
Note:
The
Auto
aspect ratio setting is available only for HDMI image sources.
Parent topic:
129
Color Mode
The projector offers different Color Modes to provide optimum brightness, contrast, and color for a variety of viewing environments and image types. You can select a mode designed to match your image and environment, or experiment with the available modes.
If you always want to use a particular color mode for a certain video input source, you can select it using the projector menus.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Changing the Color Mode
You can change the projector's Color Mode using the remote control to optimize the image for your viewing environment.
1.
Turn on the projector and switch to the image source you want to use.
2.
If you are projecting from a DVD player or other video source, insert a disc or other video media and press the play button, if necessary.
3.
Press the
Color Mode
button on the remote control to change the Color Mode.
The image appearance changes and the name of the Color Mode appears briefly on the screen.
4.
To cycle through all the available Color Modes for your input signal, press the
Color Mode
button repeatedly.
Parent topic:
130
Available Color Modes
You can set the projector to use these Color Modes, depending on the input source you are using:
Color Mode
Presentation
Dynamic
Cinema sRGB
DICOM SIM
Description
Best for color presentations in a bright room
Best for video games in a bright room
Best for movies projected in a dark room with natural tone images
Best for standard sRGB computer displays
Best for projecting X-rays and other medical images (shows clear shadows)
Note:
The
DICOM SIM
color mode is for reference purposes only and should not be used to make medical diagnoses.
Parent topic:
Turning On Auto Iris
In certain color modes, you can turn on the Auto Iris setting to automatically optimize the image based on the brightness of the content you project.
1.
Turn on the projector and switch to the image source you want to use.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
131
3.
Select the
Image
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Auto Iris
setting and select
High Speed
.
Note:
You can turn
Auto Iris
on or off for each Color Mode that supports the feature. You cannot change the
Auto Iris
setting when you are using a
Closed Caption
setting.
5.
Press
Menu
or
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Controlling the Volume with the Volume Buttons
You can use the
Volume
buttons on the remote control to adjust the volume as you project a presentation with audio. The volume buttons control the projector’s internal speaker system or any external speakers you connected to the projector.
You must adjust the volume separately for each connected input source.
1.
Turn on the projector and start a presentation that includes audio.
132
2.
To lower or raise the volume, press the
Volume
buttons on the remote control.
A volume gauge appears on the screen.
3.
To set the volume to a specific level for an input source, use the projector menus.
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
You can use your projector's PC Free feature whenever you connect a USB device that contains compatible files. This lets you quickly and easily display the contents of the files and control their display using the projector's remote control.
Starting a PC Free PDF File Presentation
Starting a PC Free Movie Presentation
Parent topic:
Using Basic Projector Features
Supported PC Free File Types
You can project these types of files using the projector's PC Free feature.
Note:
For best results, place your files on media that is formatted in FAT16/32. If you have trouble projecting from media formatted for non-Windows file systems, try formatting the media for Windows instead. You may not be able to use the security features on certain USB storage devices with PC Free features. When connecting a USB-compatible hard drive, connect the AC adapter supplied with the drive. PC Free may not work with USB device security features.
133
File type and extension
Image (.jpg)
Image (.bmp)
Image (.gif )
Image (.png)
Document or image (.pdf)
Motion JPEG movie (.avi)
Details
Make sure the file is not:
• CMYK format
• Progressive format
• Highly compressed
• Above 8192 × 8192 resolution
Make sure the file resolution is not above 1280 × 800
Make sure the file is not:
• Above 1280 × 800 resolution
• Animated
Make sure the file resolution is not above 1920 × 1200
Make sure the file is not:
• Saved in PDF version 1.7 or later format
• Encrypted
Supports only AVI 1.0
Make sure the file is not:
• Saved with an audio codec other than PCM or ADPCM
• Above 1280 × 720 resolution
• Larger than 2GB
Parent topic:
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
Starting a PC Free Slide Show
After connecting a USB device or digital camera to the projector, you can switch to the USB input source and start your slide show.
Note:
You can change the PC Free operation options or add special effects by highlighting
Option
at the bottom of the screen and pressing
Enter
.
Note:
You can also use the interactive pen or your finger to operate the slide show.
134
1.
Press the
Source Search
button on the projector, remote control, or Control Pad, or tap the Source
Select icon on the whiteboard.
2.
Select the
USB1
source.
The PC Free screen appears.
Note:
If the Select Drive screen appears, press the arrow buttons to select the drive and press
Enter
.
3.
Do the following as necessary to locate your files:
• If you need to display files inside a subfolder on your device, press the arrow buttons to highlight the folder and press the
Enter
button.
• To move back up a folder level on your device, highlight
Back to Top
and press
Enter
.
• To view additional files in a folder, highlight
Next page
or
Previous page
and press
Enter
. (You can also press the
Page
up or down buttons on the remote control.)
• To display images from a different USB drive, select
Select Drive
at the top of the PC Free screen and press
Enter
.
135
4.
Do one of the following:
• To display an individual image, press the arrow buttons to highlight the image and press
Enter
.
(Press the
Esc
button to return to the file list screen.)
• To display a slide show of all the images in a folder, press the arrow buttons to highlight the
Slideshow
option at the bottom of the screen and press
Enter
.
Note:
If any file names are longer than 8 characters or include unsupported symbols, the file names may be shortened or changed only in the screen display.
5.
While projecting, use the following commands to control the display as necessary:
• To rotate a displayed image, press the up or down arrow button. You can also rotate the image by flicking it with the interactive pen or your finger.
• To move to the next or previous image, press the left or right arrow button. You can also move between images by flicking the image with the interactive pen or your finger.
6.
To stop the display, follow the on-screen instructions or press the
Esc
button.
Parent topic:
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
Starting a PC Free PDF File Presentation
After connecting a USB device to the projector, you can switch to the USB input source and start your
PDF file presentation.
1.
Press the
Source Search
button on the projector, remote control, or Control Pad, or tap the Source
Select icon on the whiteboard. Select the
USB1
source.
136
The PC Free screen appears.
2.
Do the following as necessary to locate your files:
• If you need to display files inside a subfolder on your device, press the arrow buttons to highlight the folder and press the
Enter
button.
• To move back up a folder level on your device, highlight
Back to Top
and press
Enter
.
• To view additional files in a folder, highlight
Next page
or
Previous page
and press
Enter
.
3.
To display the first page of a PDF file at full size, press the arrow buttons to highlight the file and press
Enter
. (Press the
Esc
button to return to the file list screen.)
Note:
If any file names are longer than 8 characters or include unsupported symbols, the file names may be shortened or changed only in the screen display. If a PDF file extension is not .pdf, the file does not appear in the file list.
4.
While projecting a PDF file, use the following commands to control the display as necessary:
• To move to the next or previous page, press the up or down arrow button.
137
• To display a menu of pages to select from, press the
Esc
button. Then press the left or right arrow button to select a page and press
Enter
.
• To enlarge the view of a page to fit the screen, press
Enter
. Press
Enter
again to return to standard size display.
• To rotate a displayed page, press the left or right arrow button. You can also rotate the page by flicking it with the interactive pen or your finger.
5.
To stop the display, press the
Esc
button, press the up or down arrow button to highlight
EXIT
, and press
Enter
.
Parent topic:
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
Starting a PC Free Movie Presentation
After connecting a USB device or digital camera to the projector, you can switch to the USB input source and start your movie.
Note:
You can change the PC Free operation options by highlighting
Option
at the bottom of the screen and pressing
Enter
.
1.
Press the
Source Search
button on the projector, remote control, or Control Pad, or tap the Source
Select icon on the whiteboard. Select the
USB1
source.
138
The PC Free screen appears.
2.
Do the following as necessary to locate your files:
• If you need to display files inside a subfolder on your device, press the arrow buttons to highlight the folder and press the
Enter
button.
• To move back up a folder level on your device, highlight
Back to Top
and press
Enter
.
• To view additional files in a folder, highlight
Next page
or
Previous page
and press
Enter
. (You can also press the
Page
up or down buttons on the remote control.)
3.
To play back a movie, press the arrow buttons to highlight the file and press
Enter
.
Note:
If any file names are longer than 8 characters or include unsupported symbols, the file names may be shortened or changed only in the screen display. If you want to play back all the movies in a folder in sequence, select the
Slideshow
option at the bottom of the screen.
4.
To stop movie playback, press the
Esc
button, highlight
Exit
, and press
Enter
.
Parent topic:
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
139
PC Free Display Options
You can select these display options when using the projector's PC Free feature.
Setting
Display Order
Sort Order
Continuous Play
Screen Switching
Time
Options
Name Order
Date Order
In Ascending
In Descending
On
Off
No
1 Second to 60 Seconds
Description
Displays files in name order
Displays files in date order
Sorts files in first-to-last order
Sorts files in last-to-first order
Displays a slide show continuously
Displays a slide show one time through
Does not display the next file automatically
Displays files for the selected time and switches to the next file automatically; high resolution images may switch at a slightly slower rate
140
Setting
Effect
Options
Wipe
Dissolve
Random
Parent topic:
Projecting a PC Free Presentation
Description
Transitions between images with a wipe effect
Transitions between images with a dissolve effect
Transitions between images using a random variety of effects
141
Adjusting Projector Features
Follow the instructions in these sections to use your projector's feature adjustments.
Projecting Two Images Simultaneously
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
Shutting Off the Picture and Sound Temporarily
Stopping Video Action Temporarily
Zooming Into and Out of Images
Creating a User Pattern to Display
Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors
142
Projecting Two Images Simultaneously
You can use the split screen feature to simultaneously project two images from different image sources next to each other. You can control the split screen feature using the remote control, the projector menus, or the interactive function.
Note:
While you use the split screen feature, other projector features may not be available and some settings may be automatically applied to both images.
Note:
You cannot project from the same input source onto both sides (left and right) of the screen. You also cannot use split screen with certain input source combinations.
143
1.
Press the
Split
button on the remote control.
The currently selected input source moves to the left side of the screen.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
You see this screen:
3.
To select an input source for the other image, select the
Source
setting, press
Enter
, select the input source, select
Execute
, and press
Enter
. (You can also change image sources, if necessary.)
4.
To switch the images, select the
Swap Screens
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
To change the image sizes, select the
Screen Size
setting, press
Enter
, select a sizing option, press
Enter
, and press
Menu
to exit.
Note:
Depending on the video input signals, the images may not appear at the same size even if you choose the
Equal
setting.
144
6.
To choose the audio you want to hear, select the
Audio Source
setting, press
Enter
, select an audio option, press
Enter
, and press
Menu
to exit.
7.
To exit the split screen feature, press the
Split
or
Esc
button.
Input Sources for Split Screen Projection
Parent topic:
Input Sources for Split Screen Projection
You can choose from the input source combinations listed here for split screen projection.
Left Screen Right Screen
HDMI1/
MHL
HDMI1/MHL
—
HDMI2 Computer Video USB
Display
USB1 USB2 LAN Screen
Mirroring
HDMI2
—
Computer
Video
USB Display
USB1
USB2
LAN
Screen
Mirroring
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Note:
A wireless
LAN
source cannot be displayed at the same time as a
Screen Mirroring
source.
Parent topic:
Projecting Two Images Simultaneously
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
You can combine the projected images from two or more projectors to create one large image. Follow the instructions in these sections to setup and project from multiple projectors.
Projector Identification System for Multiple Projector Control
145
Adjusting the Lamp's Brightness
Parent topic:
Projector Identification System for Multiple Projector Control
You can operate multiple projectors using one remote control for more elaborate presentations. To do this, you assign an identification number to each projector and to the remote control. Then you can operate all the projectors at once or individually.
Note:
In some cases the brightness and color tone from different projectors may not match completely even after color correction. If the brightness and color tone differences become more noticeable over time, repeat the adjustments.
Parent topic:
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
Setting the Projector ID
If you want to control multiple projectors from a remote control, give each projector a unique ID.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
Multi-Projection
setting and press
Enter
.
146
4.
Select
Projector ID
and press
Enter
.
5.
Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to select the identification number you want to use for the projector. Then press
Enter
.
Repeat these steps for all the other projectors you want to operate from one remote control.
Note:
If you don't know the projector's ID, aim the remote control at the projector and press the
ID
button to temporarily display the projector's ID on the screen.
Parent topic:
Projector Identification System for Multiple Projector Control
Setting the Remote Control ID
The remote control's ID is set to zero by default so it can operate any compatible projector. If you want to set the remote control to operate only a particular projector, you need to set the remote control's ID to match the projector's ID.
Note:
You must set the remote control ID to match the projector ID each time you turn on the projector you have set it to control.
1.
Turn on the projector you want the remote control to operate with exclusively.
2.
Make sure you know the projector's ID number as set in the Extended menu
Projector ID
setting.
Note:
If you have forgotten the projector's ID, aim the remote control at the projector and press the
ID
button to temporarily display the projector's ID on the screen. If you turn off the
Projector ID
setting, the remote control will operate the projector regardless of the ID selected on the remote.
147
3.
Aim the remote control at that projector.
4.
Hold down the
ID
button on the remote control while you press the numeric button that matches the projector's ID. Then release the buttons.
5.
Press the
ID
button on the remote control to check if the ID-setting process worked.
You see a message displayed by the projector.
• If the remote control is listed as
On
, the remote control ID is set to operate only the listed projector.
• If the remote control is listed as
Off
, the remote control ID is not set properly. Repeat the steps above to set the ID to match the projector you want to control.
Parent topic:
Projector Identification System for Multiple Projector Control
Adjusting Color Uniformity
If the color tone is uneven on each screen, adjust the color tone balance in the Extended menu of each projector. (The color tone may not be uniform even after performing color uniformity.) Color Uniformity is disabled in the built-in whiteboard mode.
Note:
If you cannot adjust color uniformity, make sure the
Color Mode
setting is not set to
Dynamic
.
148
1.
Press the
Menu
button on the remote or control panel, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
2.
Select the
Multi-Projection
setting and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
Color Uniformity
setting and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
On
as the
Color Uniformity
setting and press
Enter
, then press
Esc
.
5.
Select
Adjustment Level
and press
Enter
.
6.
Select an adjustment level and press
Esc
.
7.
Select
Start Adjustments
and press
Enter
.
149
8.
Select the area you want to adjust and press
Enter
.
9.
Select
Red
,
Green
, or
Blue
and press the left arrow button to weaken the color tone or the right arrow button to strengthen the color tone.
Note:
The adjustment screen changes each time you press
Enter
.
10. Press
Esc
to return to the area selection screen.
11. Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each area, then select
All
to adjust the entire screen.
12. Press
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
Adjusting the Lamp's Brightness
When projecting with multiple projectors, you must adjust the brightness setting so that all projectors are as bright as the darkest lamp. (Even after adjusting the brightness levels, the brightness of each lamp may not match exactly.)
1.
Turn on all the projectors and display the same image.
150
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
3.
Select the
ECO
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Normal
for the
Power Consumption
setting and press
Esc
.
5.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
6.
Select the
Multi-Projection
setting and press
Enter
.
151
7.
Select the
Brightness Level
setting and press
Enter
.
8.
Select a brightness level and press
Enter
.
9.
Press
Esc
to return to the previous screen.
Parent topic:
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
Matching the Image Colors
You can match the display quality of multiple projectors that will project next to one another.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
152
3.
Select the
Multi-Projection
setting and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Color Matching
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the
Adjustment Level
setting and press
Enter
.
You see this screen:
6.
Press the left or right arrow buttons to select a value for the
Adjustment Level
setting.
Note:
There are six adjustment levels ranging from white to black and you can adjust each level individually.
7.
Press the left or right arrow buttons to adjust the color tone for the
Red
,
Green
, and
Blue
settings.
8.
Press the left or right arrow buttons to adjust the
Brightness
setting.
9.
Repeat the previous three steps as necessary to adjust each adjustment level.
Parent topic:
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
153
Adjusting RGBCMY
You can adjust the
Hue
,
Saturation
, and
Brightness
settings for R (red), G (green), B (blue), C (cyan),
M (magenta), and Y (yellow) color components.
Turn on all the projectors and select the RGBCMY setting in each projector's Extended menu so that the color tone on the combined screen becomes entirely even.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
Multi-Projection
setting and press
Enter
.
154
4.
Select the
RGBCMY
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the color you want to adjust and press
Enter
.
You see this screen:
• To adjust the overall hue of the color, adjust the
Hue
setting.
• To adjust the overall vividness of the color, adjust the
Saturation
setting.
• To adjust the overall brightness of the color, adjust the
Brightness
setting.
6.
Press the left or right arrow buttons to adjust the
Hue
,
Saturation
, and
Brightness
settings.
7.
Repeat the previous three steps as necessary to adjust each color.
8.
Press
Menu
or
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Using Multiple Projectors (Duolink)
155
Shutting Off the Picture and Sound Temporarily
You can temporarily turn off the projected picture and sound if you want to redirect your audience's attention during a presentation. Any sound or video action continues to run, however, so you cannot resume projection at the point that you stopped it.
If you want to display an image such as a company logo or picture when the presentation is stopped, you can set up this feature using the projector's menus.
1.
Press the
A/V Mute
button on the remote control to temporarily stop projection and mute any sound.
2.
To turn the picture and sound back on, press
A/V Mute
again.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Saving a User's Logo Image to Display
Stopping Video Action Temporarily
You can temporarily stop the action in a video or computer presentation and keep the current image on the screen. Any sound or video action continues to run, however, so you cannot resume projection at the point that you stopped it.
Note:
You can also stop video action using the interactive pens.
1.
Press the
Freeze
button on the remote control to stop the video action.
156
2.
To restart the video action in progress, press
Freeze
again.
Parent topic:
Zooming Into and Out of Images
You can draw attention to parts of a presentation by zooming into a portion of the image and enlarging it on the screen.
Note:
You can also zoom into your image using the interactive pens.
1.
Press the
E-Zoom +
button on the remote control.
You see a crosshair on the screen indicating the center of the zoom area.
2.
Use the following buttons on the remote control to adjust the zoomed image:
• Use the arrow buttons to position the crosshair in the image area you want to zoom into.
• Press the
E-Zoom +
button repeatedly to zoom into the image area, enlarging it as necessary.
Press and hold the
E-Zoom +
button to zoom in more quickly.
• To pan around the zoomed image area, use the arrow buttons.
• To zoom out of the image, press the
E-Zoom –
button as necessary.
157
• To return to the original image size, press
Esc
.
Parent topic:
Scheduling Projector Events
You can save a projector command, such as turning the projector on or off or switching input sources, as an "event". You can schedule when you want the projector to automatically execute the command.
Note:
The
Schedule Protection
setting in the Password Protection menu must be turned off to schedule an event.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Selecting Password Security Types
Saving a Scheduled Event
You can select projector commands you want to perform and schedule them as an event.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
Schedule Settings
setting and press
Enter
.
You see a screen like this:
158
4.
Select the
Schedule
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Select
Add New
and press
Enter
.
You see a screen like this:
6.
In the Event Settings section, select the events you want to have occur. (Select
No Change
for events that you do not want to occur.)
7.
In the Date/Time Settings section, set the date and time for the scheduled events to occur.
8.
When you are finished, select
Save
and press
Enter
.
9.
To schedule more events, repeat the previous steps as necessary.
10. Select
Setup complete
and select
Yes
to save your changes.
Parent topic:
Viewing Scheduled Events
You can view your scheduled events on the calendar displayed on the Schedule Settings screen.
1.
Press the
Menu
button on the remote control or control panel.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Schedule Settings
and press
Enter
.
159
4.
Select
Schedule
and press
Enter
.
You see a screen like this:
Colored boxes on the calendar indicate the following:
One-time event
Repeating event
Communication is on or off
Event is invalid
5.
To view an event, press the left and right arrow buttons on the remote to select a day.
The screen displays the details of the events scheduled for that day. A blue icon indicates an enabled event; a gray icon indicates a disabled event, and the icon indicates a repeating event.
Parent topic:
Editing a Scheduled Event
You can edit any currently scheduled event.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
Schedule Settings
setting and press
Enter
.
160
You see a screen like this:
4.
Press the left or right arrow buttons to highlight the date on the calendar containing the scheduled event you want to edit.
5.
Press the up or down arrow buttons to highlight the event you want to edit, and press
Esc
.
6.
Select one of the following:
•
On/Off
to enable or disable the selected event.
•
Edit
to edit the settings for the selected event.
•
Clear
to delete the selected event.
•
Add New
to add a new scheduled event.
7.
When you are finished, select
Return
and press
Enter
.
8.
Select
Setup complete
and select
Yes
to save your changes.
Note:
To delete all scheduled events, select
Schedule Reset
and select
Yes
.
Parent topic:
Projector Security Features
You can secure your projector to deter theft or prevent unintended use by setting up the following security features:
• Password security to prevent the projector from being turned on, and prevent changes to the startup screen and other settings.
• Button lock security to block operation of the projector using the buttons on the control panel.
161
• Security cabling to physically cable the projector in place.
Locking the Projector's Buttons
Parent topic:
Password Security Types
You can set up these types of password security using one shared password:
•
Power On Protection
password prevents anyone from using the projector without first entering a password.
•
User's Logo Protection
password prevents anyone from changing the custom screen the projector can display when it turns on or when you use the A/V Mute feature. The presence of the custom screen discourages theft by identifying the projector’s owner.
•
Network Protection
password prevents anyone from changing the network settings in the projector menus.
•
Schedule Protection
password prevents anyone from changing the projector's time or schedule settings.
•
Whiteboard Protection
password prevents anyone form changing the projector's whiteboard settings.
•
Screen Mirroring Protec.
password prevents anyone from changing the projector's Screen Mirroring settings.
Selecting Password Security Types
Entering a Password to Use the Projector
Saving a User's Logo Image to Display
Parent topic:
Setting a Password
To use password security, you must set a password.
162
1.
Hold down the
Freeze
button on the remote control for about five seconds or until you see this menu.
2.
Press the down arrow to select
Password
and press
Enter
.
You see the prompt "Change the password?".
3.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
.
4.
Press and hold down the
Num
button on the remote control and use the numeric buttons to set a four-digit password.
The password displays as **** as you enter it. Then you see the confirmation prompt.
5.
Enter the password again.
You see the message "Password accepted."
6.
Press
Esc
to return to the menu.
163
7.
Make a note of the password and keep it in a safe place in case you forget it.
Parent topic:
Selecting Password Security Types
After setting a password, you see this menu, allowing you to select the password security types you want to use.
If you do not see this menu, hold down the
Freeze
button on the remote control for about five seconds or until the menu appears.
1.
To prevent unauthorized use of the projector, select
Power On Protection
, press
Enter
, select
On
, press
Enter
again, and press
Esc
.
2.
To prevent changes to the User's Logo screen or related display settings, select
User's Logo
Protection
, press
Enter
, select
On
, press
Enter
again, and press
Esc
.
3.
To prevent changes to network settings, select
Network Protection
, press
Enter
, select
On
, press
Enter
again, and press
Esc
.
4.
To prevent changes to the projector's time or schedule settings, select
Schedule Protection
, press
Enter
, select
On
, press
Enter
again, and press
Esc
.
5.
To prevent changes to the projector's whiteboard settings, select
Whiteboard Settings
, press
Enter
, select
On
, press
Enter
again, and press
Esc
.
6.
To prevent changes to the projector's Screen Mirroring settings, select
Screen Mirroring Protec.
, press
Enter
, select
On
, press
Enter
again, and press
Esc
.
Note:
Be sure to keep the remote control in a safe place; if you lose it, you will not be able to enter the password required to use the projector.
164
Parent topic:
Entering a Password to Use the Projector
If a password is set up and a
Power On Protection
password is enabled, you see a prompt to enter a password whenever you turn on the projector.
You must enter the correct password to use the projector.
1.
Press and hold down the
Num
button on the remote control while you enter the password using the numeric buttons.
Note:
The default password is
0000
.
The password screen closes.
165
2.
If the password is incorrect, the following may happen:
• You see a "wrong password" message and a prompt to try again. Enter the correct password to proceed.
• If you enter an incorrect password three times in succession, you see a message telling you that the projector is locked. After the message is displayed for 5 minutes, the projector enters standby mode. Unplug the projector, plug in the power cord, and turn on the projector. You see a prompt to enter the password.
• If you continue to enter an incorrect password many times in succession, the projector displays a request code and a message to contact Epson Support. Do not attempt to enter the password again. When you contact Epson Support, provide the displayed request code and proof of ownership for assistance in unlocking the projector.
Parent topic:
Related references
Saving a User's Logo Image to Display
You can transfer an image to the projector and then display it whenever the projector turns on. You can also display the image when the projector is not receiving an input signal or when you temporarily stop projection (using the A/V Mute feature). This transferred image is called the User's Logo screen.
The image you select as the User's Logo can be a photo, graphic, or company logo, which is useful in identifying the projector's owner to help deter theft. You can prevent changes to the User's Logo by setting up password protection for it.
Note:
When you copy the menu settings from one projector to another using the batch setup feature, the user logo is also copied. Do not include any information in the user logo that you do not want to share between multiple projectors.
1.
Display the image you want to project as the User's Logo.
166
2.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
User's Logo
setting and press
Enter
.
You see a prompt asking if you want to use the displayed image as a user's logo.
4.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
.
You see a selection box overlaying your image.
Note:
When you select
User's Logo
, adjustments such as
Keystone
,
E-Zoom
, or
Aspect
are temporarily canceled.
5.
Use the arrow buttons on the remote control to surround the image area you want to use as the
User's Logo and press
Enter
.
You see a prompt asking if you want to select this image area.
6.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
. (If you want to change the selected area, select
No
, press
Enter
, and repeat the last step.)
167
You see the User's Logo zoom factor menu.
7.
Select a zoom percentage and press
Enter
.
You see a prompt asking if you want to save the image as the User's Logo.
8.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
.
You see a completion message.
9.
Press
Esc
to exit the message screen.
10. Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
11. Select
Display
and press
Enter
.
12. Select when you want to display the User's Logo screen:
• To display it whenever there is no input signal, select
Display Background
and set it to
Logo
.
• To display it whenever you turn the projector on, select
Startup Screen
and set it to
On
.
• To display it whenever you press the
A/V Mute
button, select
A/V Mute
and set it to
Logo
.
To prevent anyone from changing the User's Logo settings without first entering a password, set a password and enable User's Logo security.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Selecting Password Security Types
168
Locking the Projector's Buttons
You can lock the buttons on the projector's control panel to prevent anyone from using the projector. You can lock all the buttons or all the buttons except the power button.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Settings
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Lock Setting
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Control Panel Lock
setting and press
Enter
.
5.
Select one of these lock types and press
Enter
:
• To lock all of the projector's buttons, select
Full Lock
.
• To lock all buttons except the power button, select
Partial Lock
.
You see a confirmation prompt.
6.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
.
Unlocking the Projector's Buttons
Parent topic:
Unlocking the Projector's Buttons
If the projector's buttons have been locked, hold the
Enter
button on the projector's control panel for seven seconds to unlock them. You can also set the
Control Panel Lock
setting to
Off
in the Settings menu.
169
Parent topic:
Locking the Projector's Buttons
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Installing a Security Cable
You can install two types of security cables on the projector to deter theft.
• Use the security slot on the projector to attach a Kensington lock. See your local computer or electronics dealer for purchase information.
• Use the security cable attachment point on the projector to attach a wire cable and secure it to a room fixture or heavy furniture.
Note:
Do not pass drop-prevention cables through the security cable attachment point when mounting the projector on a wall or ceiling.
Parent topic:
Creating a User Pattern to Display
You can transfer an image to the projector and then display it as a pattern to aid in presentations when you use the Pattern Display feature. This transferred image is called the User Pattern.
Note:
Once you save a user pattern, you cannot restore the default pattern.
1.
Display the image you want to project as the User Pattern from a connected computer or video source.
170
2.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Settings
menu, and press
Enter
.
3.
Select the
Pattern
setting and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
User Pattern
setting and press
Enter
.
You see a prompt asking if you want to use the displayed image as a User Pattern.
Note:
When you select
User Pattern
, adjustments such as
Keystone
,
E-Zoom
,
Aspect
,
Adjust
Zoom
, or
Image Shift
are temporarily canceled.
5.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
.
Note:
It takes a few moments for the projector to save the image; do not use the projector, its remote control, or any connected equipment until it is finished.
You see a completion message.
6.
Press
Esc
to exit the message screen.
Parent topic:
Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors
After you select menu settings for your projector, you can transfer them to another projector of the same model.
171
Note:
Copy the projector's settings before you adjust the projected image using the projector's Geometry
Correction settings. Any saved User's Logo setting on the projector will transfer to the other projector.
Caution:
If the copy process fails due to a power failure, communication error, or for any other reason,
Epson will not be responsible for any repair costs incurred.
The following settings will not transfer between projectors:
• Info menu items
• Network menu settings other than those in the Notifications and Others menus
Note:
In addition to the methods covered this section, you can also copy and transfer settings to multiple projectors over a network using the EasyMP Network Updater software. See the
EasyMP Network
Updater Operation Guide
for instructions. You can download the latest software and documentation from the Epson web site.
Saving Settings to a USB Flash Drive
Transferring Settings from a USB Flash Drive
Transferring Settings from a Computer
Parent topic:
Saving Settings to a USB Flash Drive
You can save the projector settings you want to transfer to a USB flash drive.
Note:
Use an empty flash drive. If the drive contains other files, the transfer may not complete correctly.
The flash drive must use the FAT format and cannot have any security features.
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
172
2.
Insert the flash drive into the
USB-A
port.
Note:
Connect the flash drive directly to the projector. Do not use a hub or your settings may not be saved correctly.
3.
Press and hold the
Esc
button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cord to the projector's power inlet.
4.
When the On/Standby and Status lights are blue, and the Lamp and Temp lights are orange, release the
Esc
button.
The lights flash to indicate that settings are transferring to the flash drive. When the lights stop flashing, the On/Standby light turns blue and the projector enters standby mode.
Caution:
Do not unplug the power cord or remove the flash drive while the lights are flashing. This could damage the projector.
5.
Once the projector enters standby mode, remove the flash drive.
Parent topic:
Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors
Transferring Settings from a USB Flash Drive
After saving projector settings to a USB flash drive, you can transfer them to another projector of the same model.
Note:
Make sure the USB flash drive contains only a single settings transfer from another projector of the same model. The settings are contained in a file called
pjconfdata.bin
. If the drive contains other files, the transfer may not complete correctly.
173
Do not adjust image settings on a projector until after you transfer settings to it. Otherwise, you may have to repeat your adjustments.
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
2.
Insert the flash drive into the
USB-A
port.
Note:
Connect the flash drive directly to the projector. Do not use a hub or your settings may not be saved correctly.
3.
Press and hold the
Menu
button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cord to the projector's power inlet.
4.
When the On/Standby and Status lights turn blue and the Lamp and Temp lights turn orange, release the
Menu
button.
The lights flash to indicate that settings are transferring to the projector. When the lights stop flashing, the On/Standby light turns blue and the projector enters standby mode.
Caution:
Do not unplug the power cord or remove the flash drive while the lights are flashing. This could damage the projector.
5.
Once the projector enters standby mode, remove the flash drive.
Parent topic:
Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors
Saving Settings to a Computer
You can save the projector settings you want to transfer to a computer.
174
Your computer must be running one of the following operating systems:
• Windows Vista
• Windows 7
• Windows 8.x
• Windows 10
• OS X 10.7.x
• OS X 10.8.x
• OS X 10.9.x
• OS X 10.10.x
• OS X 10.11.x
• macOS 10.12.x
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
2.
Connect a USB cable to your projector's
USB-B
port.
3.
Connect the other end to any available USB port on your computer.
4.
Press and hold the
Esc
button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cord to the projector's power inlet.
5.
When the On/Standby and Status lights are blue, and the Lamp and Temp lights are orange, release the
Esc
button.
175
The projector shows up as a removable disk on your computer.
6.
Open the removable disk and copy the
pjconfdata.bin
file to your computer.
7.
Once the file has copied, do one of the following:
•
Windows:
Open the
My Computer
,
Computer
, or
Windows Explorer
utility. Right-click the name of your projector (listed as a removable disk) and select
Eject
.
•
Mac:
Drag the removable disk icon for your projector from the desktop into the trash.
The projector enters standby mode when you disconnect the USB cable.
Parent topic:
Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors
Transferring Settings from a Computer
After saving projector settings to a computer, you can transfer them to another projector of the same model.
Your computer must be running one of the following operating systems:
• Windows Vista
• Windows 7
• Windows 8.x
• Windows 10
• OS X 10.7.x
• OS X 10.8.x
• OS X 10.9.x
• OS X 10.10.x
• OS X 10.11.x
• macOS 10.12.x
Do not adjust image settings on a projector until after you transfer settings to it. Otherwise, you may have to repeat your adjustments.
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
176
2.
Connect a USB cable to your projector's
USB-B
port.
3.
Connect the other end to any available USB port on your computer.
4.
Press and hold the
Menu
button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cord to the projector's power inlet.
5.
When the On/Standby and Status lights turn blue and the Lamp and Temp lights turn orange, release the
Menu
button.
The projector shows up as a removable disk on your computer.
6.
Copy the
pjconfdata.bin
file from your computer to the removable disk.
Note:
Do not copy any other files to the removable disk.
7.
Once the file has copied, do one of the following:
•
Windows:
Open the
My Computer
,
Computer
, or
Windows Explorer
utility. Right-click the name of your projector (listed as a removable disk) and select
Eject
.
•
Mac:
Drag the removable disk icon for your projector from the desktop into the trash.
All the lights start flashing to indicate that the projector's settings are being updated. When the lights stop flashing, the On/Standby light turns blue and the projector enters standby mode.
Caution:
Do not unplug the power cord while the lights are flashing. This could damage the projector.
177
Parent topic:
Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors
178
Using the Interactive Features
Follow the instructions in these sections to use your projector's interactive features.
Using Finger Touch Interactivity
Using BrightLink with a Computer
Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
Using BrightLink Without a Computer
Splitting the Interactive Screen
Using Interactive Features with Two Projectors
Interactive Modes
The BrightLink interactive features turn any wall into an interactive whiteboard, either with or without a computer. These interactive modes are available:
• In Whiteboard mode, you can use one or both interactive pens or up to 6 fingers to write on the projected "whiteboard". You can split the screen and interact with the whiteboard and another projected source. You can insert images from a USB drive or scanner and save, print, or email your whiteboard pages without connecting a computer.
• In built-in annotation mode (PC Free Annotation), you can annotate over content projected from a computer, tablet, document camera, or other source. You can capture your annotated pages, and save or print them. You can even split the screen and annotate on two images at the same time, using one or both pens.
• In PC Interactive mode, you can use the interactive pen or your finger as a mouse to navigate, select, and scroll through content from your computer. You can split the screen and interact with the computer on one screen and annotate an image on the other screen.
Note:
You can also use the Easy Interactive Tools software to provide additional interactive features, such as saving your annotations and printing them. See the online
Easy Interactive Tools Operation
Guide
for detailed instructions.
Using the Projected Screen as a Whiteboard (Built-in Whiteboard Mode)
Drawing on a Projected Image (Built-in Annotation Mode)
179
Controlling Computer Features from a Projected Screen (PC Interactive Mode)
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Using the Projected Screen as a Whiteboard (Built-in Whiteboard Mode)
You can use the interactive pens or your finger to write or draw on the projection surface just as you would on a chalkboard or dry erase board. You can use one pen, both pens at the same time, or a combination of pens and finger touch.
1.
Hover near or tap the board or projected image with the interactive pen or your finger. Tap the whiteboard icon on the toolbar.Tap the image source icon on the projector control toolbar and select the
Whiteboard
source. You can also press the
Home
button on the remote control and select the
Whiteboard
source.
You see the whiteboard screen, with the main toolbar on the side and the projection control toolbar on the bottom of the screen:
2.
To move the main toolbar to the other side of the screen, tap the the screen.
arrow on the opposite side of
Note:
You can use the pen or your finger to move the arrow icon up or down to reposition the toolbar.
180
3.
To close the main toolbar, select the icon at the bottom of the toolbar.
Note:
If you want to hide the toolbar automatically after drawing, select the the toolbar.
icon at the bottom of
4.
To show or hide the projection control toolbar, select the or arrow.
Note:
You can also show or hide the projection control toolbar by setting the
Extended > Display >
Projector Control
setting to
On
or
Off
.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Drawing on a Projected Image (Built-in Annotation Mode)
You can project from a computer, tablet, video device, or other source and annotate over your projected content using the interactive pens or your finger. You can use one pen, both pens at the same time, or a combination of pens and finger touch.
1.
Project an image from a connected device.
2.
Hover near or tap the board or projected image with the interactive pen or your finger. Tap the built-in annotation mode icon on the toolbar.
181
You see the main toolbar on the side and the projection control toolbar on the bottom of the projected image.
3.
To move the main toolbar to the other side of the screen, tap the the screen.
arrow on the opposite side of
Note:
You can use the pen or your finger to move the arrow icon up or down to reposition the toolbar.
4.
To switch to one of the other interactive modes, do one of the following:
• To switch to Whiteboard mode, press the
Whiteboard
button on the remote control or tap and drag the or whiteboard mode tab across the screen .
• To switch to PC Interactive mode, select , then select .
Note:
You can also press the
Pen Mode
button on the remote control to switch between modes.
182
5.
To close the main toolbar, select the icon at the bottom of the toolbar.
Note:
If you want to hide the toolbar automatically after drawing, select the the toolbar.
icon at the bottom of
6.
To show or hide the projection control toolbar, select the or arrow.
Note:
You can also show or hide the projection control toolbar by setting the
Extended > Display >
Projector Control
setting to
On
or
Off
.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Controlling Computer Features from a Projected Screen (PC Interactive Mode)
You can navigate, select, and interact with your computer programs from the projected screen using the interactive pens or your finger just as you would a mouse.
Note:
Mac users need to install the Easy Interactive Driver before using PC Interactive mode. Go to epson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support (Canada) and select your projector.
1.
Connect the projector to your computer using a USB cable.
Note:
When using the control pad, you need connect the projector, the control pad, and your computer using USB cables. If you are connecting over a network, you do not need a USB cable.
2.
Turn on your projector and project your computer screen.
183
3.
Press the
Menu
button on the remote control, select the
Extended
menu, and press the
Enter
button.
4.
Select the
USB Type B
setting and press the
Enter
button.
5.
Select one of the following:
•
Easy Interactive Function
to use PC Interactive mode.
•
USB Display/Easy Interactive Function
to use PC Interactive mode and USB Display.
•
Wireless Mouse/USB Display
to use the remote control as a mouse and USB Display.
184
6.
Press the
Esc
button to exit the USB Type B menu.
7.
Select the
Easy Interactive Function
setting and press the
Enter
button.
8.
Select one of the following as the
Pen Operation Mode
depending on the operating system your computer is using:
•
Windows/Mac Mode
: Windows or Mac
•
Ubuntu Mode
: Ubuntu
9.
Press the
Enter
button and press the
Menu
button to exit the Extended menu.
10. Hover near or tap on the board or the projected image with the interactive pen or your finger.
The icon is displayed on the projected screen.
11. Select the icon, then select the icon.
You can now operate the computer using the interactive pens or your finger.
PC Interactive Mode System Requirements
Parent topic:
PC Interactive Mode System Requirements
Your computer system must meet the system requirements here to use PC Interactive mode and Easy
Interactive Tools.
185
Note:
Easy Interactive Driver must be installed and running to use Easy Interactive Tools on a Mac.
Requirement
Operating system
CPU
Memory
Hard disk space
Display
Windows
Windows Vista SP2 Ultimate, Enterprise,
Business, Home Premium, and Home
Basic (32-bit)
Windows 8.x, Pro, Enterprise, Windows
7 SP1 Ultimate, Enterprise, Professional,
Home Premium (32- and 64-bit)
Mac
OS X 10.7.x, 10.8.x, 10.9.x, 10.10.x,
10.11.x; macOS 10.12.x
(QuickTime 7.7 or later required)
Windows 10 Home and Pro (32- and
64bit)
Core2 Duo 1.2 GHz or faster (Core i3 or faster recommended)
1GB or more (2GB or more recommended)
100MB or more
Core2 Duo 1.2 GHz or faster (Core i5 or faster recommended)
Resolution between 1024 × 768 and 1920 × 1200, 16-bit color or greater
Parent topic:
Controlling Computer Features from a Projected Screen (PC Interactive Mode)
Using the Interactive Pens
Follow the instructions in these sections to use the interactive pens.
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Using the Pens
Your projector came with a blue pen and an orange pen, identified by the color strip at the end of the pen. You can use either pen, or both pens at the same time (one of each color) in built-in whiteboard or annotation mode.
Make sure the pen batteries are installed.
186
Note:
The pen turns off automatically after 15 seconds of inactivity. Hold the pen to turn the pen back on.
1 Pen tip
2 Battery light
3 Function button
4 Attachment for optional strap or cord
5 Battery cover
• To turn on the pen, move the pen.
Note:
If you press the function button, the battery light flashes briefly, then turns off. If the battery is low, the battery light flashes continuously.
187
• For best performance, hold the pen perpendicular to the board, as shown below. Do not cover the black section near the tip of the pen.
• To write or draw on the projection surface in built-in annotation mode or built-in whiteboard mode, do the following:
• To select a projected item, such as an icon, tap the projection surface with the pen tip.
• To draw on the projected screen, tap the projection surface with the pen and drag it as necessary.
• To move the pointer, hover over the surface without touching it.
• To switch the pen from drawing tool to eraser, press the button on the side.
Note:
You can change the function of the button by changing the
Pen Button Function
setting in the Extended menu.
188
• To use the pen as a mouse in PC Interactive mode, do the following:
• To left-click, tap the board with the pen tip.
• To double-click, tap twice.
• To right-click, press the button on the side or press and hold the pen on the screen (Windows).
• To click and drag, tap and drag with the pen.
• To move the cursor, hover over the board without touching it.
Note:
You can turn off the hovering feature using the
Hovering
setting in the projector's Easy
Interactive Function menu.
Note:
To make a long press of the pen act as a right-click on a Mac, set the
Pen Operation Mode
setting to
Ubuntu Mode
and turn on the
Enable Right Click
setting.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Pen Calibration
Calibration coordinates the position of the pen with the location of your cursor. You only need to calibrate the first time you use your projector's interactive features. Calibration results remain until you calibrate again.
Be sure to calibrate the pen before performing finger touch calibration.
If you notice positioning discrepancies after doing any of the following, calibrate again:
• Performing Geometry Correction
• Adjusting the image size
189
• Using the Image Shift feature
• Moving the projector
Note:
Move any pen you are not using away from the projection screen while calibrating.
Parent topic:
Calibrating Automatically
You do not need the pens or a computer for Auto Calibration.
Note:
You can start Auto Calibration by pressing the
User
button on the remote control or by pressing the
Menu
button on the remote control as described here.
1.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
190
2.
Select the
Easy Interactive Function
setting and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Auto Calibration
and press
Enter
.
4.
Adjust the image focus, if necessary.
5.
Press
Enter
to select
Yes
.
A pattern appears then disappears, and the system is calibrated. If you see a message that calibration failed, you need to calibrate manually.
The cursor location and pen position should match after calibration. If not, you may need to calibrate manually.
191
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Calibrating Manually
If the cursor location and pen position do not match after auto calibration, you can calibrate manually.
1.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
2.
Select the
Easy Interactive Function
setting and press
Enter
.
192
3.
Select
Manual Calibration
and press
Enter
.
4.
Adjust the image focus, if necessary.
5.
Press
Enter
to select
Yes
.
A flashing green circle appears in the upper left corner of your projected image.
6.
Touch the center of the circle with the tip of the pen.
The circle disappears, and you see another circle below the first one.
193
Note:
For the most accurate calibration, make sure you touch the center of the circle.
Note:
Make sure you are not blocking the signal between the pen and the interactive receiver (next to the projection window on the projector).
7.
Touch the center of the next circle, then repeat. When you get to the bottom of the column, the next circle appears at the top of a new column.
Note:
If you make a mistake, press the
Esc
button on the remote control to go back to the previous circle. To restart the calibration process, press and hold the
Esc
button for 2 seconds.
8.
Continue until all of the circles disappear.
Parent topic:
194
Using Finger Touch Interactivity
You can use your finger to perform the same functions as the interactive pens when you install the
Touch Unit.
Note:
See the
Touch Unit and Control Pad Installation Guide
for detailed instructions on installing the
Touch Unit and calibrating for finger touch interactivity.
Touch Unit Safety Instructions
Calibrating for Finger Touch Interactivity
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Touch Unit Safety Instructions
The Touch Unit enables finger touch interactivity with your projector. Do not connect it to any other projectors or devices.
A built-in, high-power laser is emitted from the laser diffusion ports on the back of the Touch Unit.
Follow these precautions when using the Touch Unit and finger touch interactivity:
• Children using finger touch interactivity should always be accompanied by an adult.
• Never disassemble or modify the Touch Unit. Never open any cases on the projector or Touch Unit.
Electrical voltages inside the projector can cause severe injury.
195
• Do not look into the laser diffusion ports on the back of the Touch Unit. The laser can damage your eyes. Extra care should be taken when children are present.
• Do not allow the laser light from the Touch Unit to pass through or be reflected by any optical devices, such as a magnifying glass or mirror. This could cause personal injury or fire.
• Do not view the laser light from the Touch Unit using an optical device such as an eye loupe, magnifying glass, or microscope, especially within 2.75 inches (70 mm) of the laser diffusion ports.
This could damage your eyes.
• Unplug the projector from the electrical outlet and refer all repairs to qualified service personnel if any problems occur with the Touch Unit. Continued use of the Touch Unit may result in fire or accidents, and can also damage your eyes.
The Touch Unit is a Class 1 laser product that complies with IEC/EN60825-1:2007. The labels indicating the Class 1 laser product and warnings are located in the following areas on the Touch Unit:
Parent topic:
Using Finger Touch Interactivity
196
Calibrating for Finger Touch Interactivity
Finger touch calibration coordinates the positioning of your finger with the location of the cursor.
Note:
Make sure you have calibrated the pens, installed the Touch Unit, performed angle adjustment, and turned it on before calibrating for finger touch interactivity.
1.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
2.
Select the
Easy Interactive Function
setting and press
Enter
.
197
3.
Select
Touch Unit Setup
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Touch Calibration
and press
Enter
.
The following screen appears:
Note:
If
Touch Calibration
is disabled, make sure
Power
is set to
On
.
5.
Adjust the image focus, if necessary.
6.
Press
Enter
to select
Yes
.
198
A flashing green circle appears in the upper left corner of your projected image.
7.
Touch and hold the center of the circle with your finger until the circle disappears and another circle appears, then release it.
The circle disappears, and you see another circle below the first one.
Note:
For the most accurate calibration, make sure you touch the center of the circle with the tip of your finger.
Note:
Make sure you are not blocking the signal between your finger and the interactive receiver
(next to the projection window on the projector).
8.
Touch the center of the next circle with your finger and continue until all of the circles disappear.
199
When you get to the bottom of a column, the next circle appears at the top of a new column.
Note:
If you make a mistake, press the
Esc
button on the remote control to go back to the previous circle. To restart the calibration process, press and hold the
Esc
button for 2 seconds.
9.
If the cursor location and your finger position do not match, repeat these steps to calibrate again.
Parent topic:
Using Finger Touch Interactivity
Related concepts
Using Finger Touch Operations
You can use your finger to interact with the projected screen, just as you would use an interactive pen.
You can use either a pen or your finger, or use both at the same time.
When performing touch operations with your finger, you can use two fingers in built-in annotation mode and up to six fingers in whiteboard mode.
1.
Install the Touch Unit as described in the
Touch Unit and Control Pad Installation Guide
.
2.
Turn on your projector. This automatically turns on the Touch Unit also.
200
The blue light on the Touch Unit remains lit.
Note:
If the blue light does not turn on, press the
Menu
button on the remote control and make sure the
Extended > Easy Interactive Function > Touch Unit Setup > Power
setting is set to
On
.
3.
Calibrate the pens.
4.
Adjust the angle of the Touch Unit as described in the
Touch Unit and Control Pad Installation
Guide
.
5.
Calibrate for finger touch interactivity.
6.
To write or draw on the projection surface in built-in annotation mode or built-in whiteboard mode, do the following:
• To select a projected item, such as an icon, tap the projection surface with your finger.
• To draw on the projected screen, tap the projection surface with your finger and drag it as necessary.
7.
To use your finger as a mouse in PC Interactive mode, do the following:
• To left-click, tap the board with your finger.
• To double-click, tap twice with your finger.
201
• To right-click, press the board with your finger for about 3 seconds.
• To click and drag, press on and drag an item with your finger.
• To scroll, drag your finger on the screen.
8.
If your operating system supports these functions, you can also do the following:
• To zoom in or out, touch an item using two fingers and either move your fingers away from each other (zoom in) or toward each other (zoom out).
• To rotate an image, touch the image with your fingers and rotate your hand.
• To drag up or down on a page, or move backward or forward in a browser window, use swiping gestures or flicks.
Note:
Finger touch operations may not work correctly with long or artificial nails, or fingers wearing bandages. If your fingers are too close together or crossed, or your sleeve or free hand touches the screen, finger touch may not be recognized. Some operating systems may not support gestures.
Parent topic:
Using Finger Touch Interactivity
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Using BrightLink with a Computer
You can connect a computer to the projector and install the software from the Easy Interactive Function
CD. You can then do the following:
• Use the pens or your finger as a mouse to control your computer
• Use the Easy Interactive Tools software to annotate with both pens or a combination of pen and finger touch at the same time
202
Note:
See the online
Easy Interactive Tools Operation Guide
for detailed information.
• Save and print your annotations
• Use the Tablet PC input panel in Windows 10, Windows 8.x, Windows 7, or Windows Vista
• Use Ink Tools for annotation in Microsoft Office (2003 or later) applications
• Connect to a remote computer and control it with the interactive pens or your finger
• Annotate across two projectors (Windows)
Adjusting the Pen Operation Area
Connecting to a Remote Computer
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Adjusting the Pen Operation Area
If you connect a different computer or adjust the computer's resolution, the pen operation area is adjusted automatically to match your mouse pointer position. If you notice that the pen position is incorrect when using PC Interactive mode, you can adjust the pen area manually.
Note:
To perform manual pen area adjustment, the computer must be connected to the projector's
USB-
B
port.
1.
Project your computer's desktop.
2.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
203
3.
Select the
Easy Interactive Function
setting and press
Enter
.
4.
Set the
Pen Mode
setting to
PC Interactive
.
204
5.
Select
Advanced
in the PC Interactive section and press
Enter
.
6.
Select
Manual Adj. Pen Area
and press
Enter
.
You see this screen:
Note:
Make sure
Auto Adjust Pen Area
is set to
Off
.
7.
Press
Enter
to select
Yes
.
The mouse pointer moves toward the top left corner.
8.
When the mouse pointer stops at the top left corner of the image, touch the tip of the pointer with the interactive pen.
The mouse pointer moves toward the bottom right corner.
205
9.
When the mouse pointer stops at the bottom right corner of the image, touch the tip of the pointer with the interactive pen.
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink with a Computer
Easy Interactive Tools
Your projector came with a CD containing the Easy Interactive Tools software for use with a computer.
Easy Interactive Tools lets you use your interactive pen or finger to draw, save, and interact with projected content from your computer.
These two modes are available:
• Annotation (PC interactive) mode displays the toolbar on the projected image and lets you use the pen or finger as a mouse to open applications, access links, and operate scroll bars, for example. You can also annotate over whatever is displayed from your computer (using both pens and up to six fingers at the same time).
• Whiteboard mode lets you project on one of 3 solid colors or 6 background patterns, and use the toolbar to write or draw on the background. You can also import images from your computer or a document camera. In full screen whiteboard mode, two people can use the pens at the same time.
Finger touch is also available in whiteboard mode.
Note:
For detailed instructions on using the Easy Interactive Tools software, see the online
Easy
Interactive Tools Operation Guide
or the online help.
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink with a Computer
Connecting to a Remote Computer
The remote desktop connection allows you to control a remote Windows computer from the projected screen using the interactive pens or your finger. You can also add notes to the projected content.
You can use the remote desktop connection through wired LAN and wireless LAN. Connection speed varies depending on the communication band of the network. Use a wired connection for the most stable connection.
While the
Remote Desktop
connection screen is displayed, you cannot do the following:
• Select a different image source
• Use other interactive features
• Control the projector from the bottom toolbar
• Connect to multiple projectors
206
• Hear sound from the projector
• Use RD Gateway, RemoteFX, USB redirection, or audio transfer
Note:
Make sure your computer is configured to be controlled remotely. See your computer manual for details.
1.
Connect your projector to a wired or wireless network.
2.
Select the icon on the bottom toolbar and select
Remote Desktop
from the image source list.
Note:
You can also press the
Home
button on the remote control and select
Remote Desktop
Connection
on the Home screen.
207
You see the Remote Desktop screen.
1 Remote computer IP address or host name
2 Remote computer user name
3 Remote computer password
4 Speed/Quality priority selector
3.
Enter the IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote computer. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. You can enter a port number by adding it after the IP address or
FQDN and separating it with a colon (":")
Note:
If you enter a FQDN, you must configure a DNS server.
4.
Enter the user name and password for an account on the remote computer. You can enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters. You can enter a domain name by adding it before the user name and separating them with a backslash (domain\user_name)
5.
Select one of the following as the remote desktop connection quality and speed setting.
•
Priority to Speed
to project in WXGA resolution.
•
Priority to Quality
to project in WUXGA resolution.
Note:
You can use an external English 101-key USB keyboard connected to the USB-A port on the control pad to enter numbers and characters. Using an external keyboard lets you enter a user name or password without displaying it. You can also use the keyboard to type during remote desktop functions.
208
6.
Select
Connect
.
You see the remote computer's screen image through the
LAN
source.
You can select the default
Address
,
User name
, and
Password
settings using the
Remote
Desktop Setup
setting in the Network menu.
Remote Desktop System Requirements
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink with a Computer
Related concepts
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Remote Desktop System Requirements
Your computer must be using one of the following operating systems to use the remote desktop connection.
Operating System
Windows 7
Windows 8.x
Windows 10
Windows Server 2008 R2
Windows Server 2012
Version
Ultimate
Enterprise
Professional
Professional
Enterprise
Professional
All
All
Parent topic:
Connecting to a Remote Computer
Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
If you are using Windows 10, 8.x, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, you can use the pen input and Ink tools to add input and annotations to your work. You can also use these features over a network when you set
209
the interactive features to be available on your network. See the
EasyMP Multi PC Projection Operation
Guide
for instructions on setting up your computer for network projection.
Enabling Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
Using Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Enabling Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
To use the pen input and Ink tools in Windows 10, 8.x, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, you need to adjust the pen operation mode in your projector's menus.
1.
Press the
Menu
button, select the
Extended
menu, and press
Enter
.
210
2.
Select the
Easy Interactive Function
setting and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Pen Operation Mode
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Windows/Mac Mode
and press
Enter
.
Parent topic:
Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
Using Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
If you are using Windows 10, Windows 8.x, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, you can add handwritten input to your work and convert it to text.
If you have Microsoft Office 2003 or later, you can also use the Ink function to add handwritten notes to a
Word document, Excel spreadsheet, or PowerPoint presentation.
Note:
Option names for the annotation functions may vary depending on your version of Microsoft
Office.
• To open the Touch Keyboard in Windows 10, right-click or tap-and-hold on the Taskbar, and select
Show touch keyboard button
. Select the keyboard icon on the screen.
• To open the Touch Keyboard in Windows 8.x, right-click or tap-and-hold on the Taskbar, and select
Toolbars > Touch Keyboard
. Select the keyboard icon on the screen and select the pen icon.
211
• To open the Tablet PC input panel in Windows 7 or Windows Vista, select
> All Programs >
Accessories > Tablet PC > Tablet PC Input Panel
.
You can write in the box using the interactive pen or your finger, and select from a variety of options to edit and convert the text.
• To add Ink annotations in Microsoft Office applications, select the
Review
menu, and select
Start
Inking
.
Note:
In Microsoft Word or Excel, select the
Insert
tab and select
Start Inking
.
• To annotate your PowerPoint slides in Slideshow mode, press the button on the side of the interactive pen or press the projection surface with your finger for about 3 seconds, and select
Pointer Options >
Pen
from the pop-up menu.
For more information about these features, see Windows Help.
Parent topic:
Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools
Whiteboard Mode
You can use the pens or your finger to write or draw on the projection surface just as you would on a chalkboard or dry erase board. See these sections for instructions.
Selecting Background Templates
212
Zooming Images in Whiteboard Mode
Inserting and Working With Images
Selecting Line Width and Color
Whiteboard Projector Control Toolbar
Scanning an Image into a Whiteboard Page
Selecting a Networked Device Source
Saving Pages in Whiteboard Mode
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Using the Whiteboard Toolbars
You can use both pens at the same time in whiteboard mode.
1.
Press the
Whiteboard
button on the remote control or control pad.
You see the whiteboard screen, with the main toolbar and the projection control toolbar:
2.
To move the main toolbar to the other side of the screen, select the arrow.
Note:
You can use the pen or your finger to move the arrow icon up or down to reposition the toolbar. .
3.
To add a new page, select the New page icon on the projector control toolbar.
Your current page appears as a thumbnail image on the bottom toolbar.
4.
To close the main toolbar, select the icon at the bottom of the toolbar.
Note:
If you want to hide the toolbar automatically after drawing, select the the toolbar.
icon at the bottom of
213
5.
To show or hide the projection control toolbar, select the or arrow.
Note:
You can also show or hide the projection control toolbar by setting the
Extended > Display >
Projector Control
setting to
On
or
Off
.
Parent topic:
The Main Whiteboard Toolbar
The main whiteboard toolbar lets you draw, write, and insert images and shapes. The toolbar also lets you easily switch to built-in annotation mode or computer interactive mode.
214
Shows or hides the toolbar. You can move the tabs up or down to reposition the toolbar.
Splits the screen to display the whiteboard and another source. To switch to the other source, tap and drag the icon all the way across the screen. You can reposition the tabs by moving them up and down.
To enlarge one image while reducing the other, tap and drag the tab.
Undoes the last annotation. You can undo up to 15 operations per page.
Redoes the last undo operation
Selects all objects and images in a rectangular ( ) or freehand ( ) area. Specify the area by drawing on the projection surface. You can also tap an object or image to select it.
• To cancel the current selection, tap an empty area on the board.
• Drag the edge of the area to enlarge or reduce the object or image.
• When an image is selected, drag the side of the area to crop it.
• Drag the round dot at the top of the area to rotate the selected object or image.
• To perform the following operations, select the object or image:
• Cut
• Copy icon at the bottom right of the selected
• Paste (tap the location where you want to paste)
• Group/Ungroup
• Auto Crop (deletes the black frame around the image)
• Delete
215
Inserts a circle, square, triangle, or other shape. You can select the line width and color.
Captures the selected area as an image and pastes the captured image. Tap and drag on the screen to select the area, then lift the pen to paste the image.
Turns the pen into a draggable pointer and displays it on the whiteboard screen and all connected devices.
You cannot operate the pointer at the same time on multiple devices.
Inserts an image from a USB storage device or a network folder.
You can insert images that meet the following specifications:
• Format: PNG, JPEG
• Resolution: 2048 × 2048
• Pixel count: 2 million or less
If the image is larger than the page, it is reduced to fit on the page.
Changes custom pen or highlighter color and width
Writes or draws free-form lines with custom pen
Writes or draws free-form lines with transparent highlighter pen
Black pen (fine point on left, thick on right)
216
Red pen (fine point on left, thick on right)
Blue pen (fine point on left, thick on right)
Eraser (thin width on left, thick on right)
Clears all annotations
Hides the toolbar after each annotation
Closes the toolbar
Follow these guidelines when using the whiteboard toolbar:
• You can display the following number and size of images on the whiteboard screen (including images stored on the clipboard):
• Up to 20 files per page at 1920 × 1200 × 2 pixels
• Up to 1920 × 1200 × 50 pixels for all pages
• To paste an image, you need to use the same pen that you used to cut or copy the image.
• Drawn objects are displayed at the front of the projected page. However, you can change the order by using the grouping feature.
• If objects or images are moved out of the projected screen, you may not be able to select them.
Parent topic:
217
Selecting Background Templates
In whiteboard mode, you can insert horizontal lines, a graph-paper grid, or another background template and place it on your whiteboard pages. You can select from 10 pre-installed patterns or add up to 10 custom templates.
1.
In whiteboard mode, select the
You see the available templates.
Template tool on the bottom toolbar.
2.
Select one of the template patterns or add a new pattern by selecting
Settings
and tapping one of the template placeholders, then selecting an available PNG file.
Note:
You must have a USB flash drive or a shared directory available with a PNG file as a new pattern.
3.
If you want to use the pattern for all the pages in the current session, select
Apply to all pages
.
4.
To scale the pattern, select the pattern repeatedly to cycle through the different scales.
Note:
Not all patterns will scale.
Parent topic:
Zooming Images in Whiteboard Mode
You can use the pen to zoom in and pan around your enlarged image, then zoom out when you are done.
1.
Select the Zoom tool on the bottom toolbar.
2.
Do one of the following to adjust the image if necessary:
• Select the icon to enlarge the image.
• Select the
• Select the
• Select the icon to shrink the image.
icon to return to the original size.
icon to zoom into a selected area.
218
• Press and drag on the screen to pan around the enlarged area.
3.
When splitting the screen, do the following as necessary:
• Select the icon to display the entire whiteboard.
• Select the icon to display the entire whiteboard vertically.
Parent topic:
Inserting and Working With Images
In whiteboard mode, you can use the Insert Image tool to insert an image from a thumbdrive or a network folder. Images can be in .png or .jpg format, with a maximum size of 2048 × 2048 pixels. Once the image is projected, you can move, resize, rotate, or crop it.
Note:
You can also use the whiteboard mode.
tool on the bottom toolbar to import files (including pdf files) in
1.
Select the Insert Image tool.
2.
Select the image you want to add, then select
Insert Image
.
After a moment, the image appears on the whiteboard page.
3.
Once you have selected the image, select either the and do any of the following as necessary:
Rectangle Select or Free Select tool
• To move the image, touch inside it and drag the image.
• To resize the image, touch any corner and drag inward to shrink or outward to enlarge.
• To rotate the image, touch the round icon at the top of the image and drag left or right.
• To crop the image, select and drag the side of the image.
4.
Use the menu in the bottom right corner of the image to select any of the following as necessary:
•
Cut
removes the image from the whiteboard. Touch a location on the screen to paste the image again.
219
•
Copy
copies the image on the whiteboard. Touch a location on the screen to paste a copy of the image.
•
Paste
creates a new copy of the image. Drag the image to the desired location.
•
Auto Crop
removes any black borders around the selected image
•
Delete
removes the image from the whiteboard
When you are finished, select any other tool from the whiteboard toolbar to exit image editing mode.
Parent topic:
Using the Shapes Tool
You can add a variety of shapes to your projected image and select the color and line width.
1.
Select the Shapes tool.
2.
Select the line width, color, and shape you want to create, or select the own shape.
3.
Drag the pen on the projection surface to draw the shape you want.
Parent topic:
Line tool to define your
Selecting Line Width and Color
You can select the color and line width for both the custom Pen and the Highlighter tools.
1.
Select the icon next to the custom Pen or Highlighter annotation tool.
2.
Select the line width and color you want to use for the Pen or Highlighter tools.
3.
Use the pen or your finger to write or draw on the projection surface.
Parent topic:
Whiteboard Projector Control Toolbar
The projector control toolbar lets you control the projector with your pen or finger from the projected screen just as you would using the remote control.
220
Displays the Home screen.
Shares drawing contents across multiple devices and projects the shared drawing contents from other projectors
Performs one of the following:
•
Save
: saves the current drawing content and returns whiteboard mode to its default status
•
New meeting
: clears the current drawing and returns whiteboard mode to its default status
Opens a .jpg, .png, .ewf, or .pdf file from a USB drive or network folder. When you open a multi-page PDF, you can specify the page range. Each page in the document appears on a separate whiteboard page.
You can display a maximum of 50 whiteboard pages.
Captures images from a scanner and displays them on a new page
Selects a background template
Displays the previous page. Tap and hold the icon to display the first page.
221
Displays a list of page thumbnails. A blue frame indicates the current page and a yellow frame indicates the displayed area.
You can perform the following actions:
• To display a page, tap the page thumbnail.
• To scroll the display, flick or drag a thumbnail.
• To move the displayed area, drag the yellow frame.
• Tap the current page to reveal more options.
• Tap the left arrow icon to move the page to the left in the thumbnail list.
• Tap the icon to delete the current page.
• Tap the thumbnail list.
icon to duplicate the current page and add it as the next page in the
• Tap the right arrow icon to move the page to the right in the thumbnail list.
Displays the next page. Tap and hold the icon to display the last page.
Adds and opens a new page
Prints the projected image
Saves the projected image to a connected USB storage device, network folder, or a computer connected through a USB cable
Sends the projected screen via email. Be sure to set up email server settings before using this feature.
222
Shares the projected image to participants using EasyMP Multi PC Projection or Epson iProjection
Changes the image source using a displayed list
(To close the image source list, select the icon again, or tap on the X icon.)
Zooms into and out of the image
Turns off the picture and sound
Projects two images from different image sources
Displays the help screen for the toolbar and the bottom toolbar functions. Select
ESC
to close the help screen.
Closes the projector control toolbar
Parent topic:
Selecting Whiteboard Settings
Follow the instructions in these sections to select settings for capturing, scanning, saving, printing, and emailing in whiteboard mode.
Note:
If the
Whiteboard Protection
password setting is set to
On
, you cannot change settings in the
Whiteboard Settings
menu.
223
Selecting Basic Whiteboard Settings and Policies
Selecting Whiteboard Print Settings
Selecting Settings for Saving Whiteboard Pages
Selecting Settings for Emailing Whiteboard Pages
Selecting Settings for a Directory Server
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Selecting Password Security Types
Selecting Basic Whiteboard Settings and Policies
You can select the whiteboard features you want to use and control the way whiteboard pages are saved in the projector.
1.
Press the
Menu
button on the remote control.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Whiteboard Settings
and press
Enter
.
224
4.
Select the
Basic
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the following options as necessary:
•
Pen Button Function
selects the operation performed by the button on the side of the interactive pen
•
Default Touch Action
lets you select the default action when you switch to whiteboard mode
•
Display Area
selects the displayed area of the whiteboard in split screen mode
•
Display Format
,
Date
, and
Time
let you customize the date and time display on the bottom whiteboard toolbar
•
Keyboard Layout
lets you select the onscreen keyboard layout
225
6.
Select the
Policy
menu and press
Enter
.
7.
Select the following policy options as necessary:
•
Policy Setting
options let you disable capturing, printing, scanning, USB storage, PC connections, network storage, emailing, or sharing from the projector. All features are enabled by default.
•
Protect User Templates
restricts the ability to add or remove user templates. When set to
On
, you can only add or remove user templates through the web browser interface. When set to
Off
, you can add or remove user templates in whiteboard mode.
•
Auto Delete Saved Data
lets you clear or retain the contents of the whiteboard when turning off the projector. When set to
Clear
, you are prompted to save the whiteboard contents when powering off the projector.
•
Delete All Internal Data
lets you delete data stored in the projector. If you have problems with internal storage, or need to dispose of the projector or have it repaired, select
Execute
to delete all stored data.
Note:
Stored data includes user templates, the address book, and whiteboard connection logs.
8.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Setup complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
226
Selecting Whiteboard Print Settings
You can select the default settings for printing whiteboard pages from the projector.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Whiteboard Settings
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
and press
Enter
.
227
5.
Select the following printing options as necessary:
•
Default Printer
lets you select either
USB
or
Network
as the printer connection. You can change this setting when you print in whiteboard mode, but not in annotation mode.
Note:
Selecting
USB
will also enable scanning from Epson All-in-One printers.
•
Quality
lets you select the default print quality.
•
Paper Size
lets you select either
Letter
,
A4
, or
A3
as the default paper size.
•
IP Address
lets you enter an IP address for a printer connected to the same network as the projector.
•
Printer Type
lets you manually select the printer type or let the projector automatically determine the printer type
•
Job username
lets you assign a user name for print jobs up to 31 alphanumeric characters long.
Do not use a colon (":") or spaces in the user name.
•
Test Print
lets you send a test page to the connected printer.
Note:
Use the displayed keyboard to enter the IP address if necessary. Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to highlight numbers and press
Enter
to select them.
6.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Setup Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Selecting Settings for Saving Whiteboard Pages
You can select the default settings for saving whiteboard pages from the projector.
1.
Press the
Menu
button.
228
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Whiteboard Settings
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
Save
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the following options as necessary:
•
Default Save Location
lets you select the default location for saving whiteboard pages. Select
USB
to save them on a USB flash drive or
Network
to save them on a network folder.
229
•
Always apply password
lets you require that whiteboard files must be saved as passwordprotected PDF or EWF files.
•
CIFS Server
lets you set the CIFS server's IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
You can enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters.
Note:
You cannot use the following characters: " ' + , : ; < = > ? [ \ ] ` | or spaces. If you need to enter more characters, enter them using the Web Config utility. To use a FQDN, you must configure a DNS server. Enter a port number by adding it after the address or name and separating it with a colon, for example, FQDN:port_number or IP_address:port_number. You cannot use the following IP addresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.0.2.x, or 224.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255.
•
Shared Folder Path
lets you enter the network folder name in this format: share_name\folder_name. You can enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters. You cannot use the following characters: " ' / : < > ? or |.
•
User name
lets you enter a user name with read/write privileges on the network folder. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. You can enter a domain name by adding it before the user name and separating them with a backslash in this format: domain\username.
•
Password
lets you enter a password for the user name you entered. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. After you enter the password and select
Setup complete
, the password is hidden.
•
Check Connection
lets you test the network connection.
Note:
Use the displayed keyboard to enter the address, user name, and password if necessary.
Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to highlight numbers and press
Enter
to select them.
6.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Setup Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Selecting Settings for Emailing Whiteboard Pages
You can select the settings for emailing whiteboard pages from the projector.
1.
Press the
Menu
button on the remote control.
230
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Whiteboard Settings
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select the
menu and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the following options for emailing as necessary:
•
From
lets you enter the email address to be displayed to the sender. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Do not use spaces or the following symbols: " ( ) , : ; < > [ \ ]
231
•
Default e-mail address
lets you enter an optional address for testing. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Do not use spaces or the following symbols: " ( ) , : ; < > [ \ ]
•
Disallow Address Input
controls whether you can enter email addresses manually. When enabled, you can only choose email addresses from an address book or directory service.
•
SMTP Server
lets you enter the IP address or host name for the mail server. You can enter up to
63 alphanumeric characters. If you specify a host name, you must configure a DNS server. Do not use spaces or the following symbols: " ' + , : ; < = > ? [ \ ] ` |
Note:
You cannot use the following IP addresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.0.2.x, or 224.0.0.0 to
255.255.255.255.
•
Authentication
lets you set the type of authentication expected by the mail server
•
Port Number
lets you enter a port number for the SMTP server. The default port is 25 when set to
Open
, 465 for
SSL
, and 587 for
TLS
.
•
User name
lets you enter a user name for the mail server. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces.
•
Password
lets you enter a password for the mail server. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces.
•
Send a test e-mail
lets you connect to the SMTP server and send a test email to the address you set as the default.
Note:
Use the displayed keyboard to enter the addresses. Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to highlight numbers or characters and press
Enter
to select them.
6.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Setup Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Selecting Settings for a Directory Server
You can select the settings for specifying a email directory server for your projector.
1.
Press the
Menu
button on the remote control.
232
2.
Select the
Extended
menu and press
Enter
.
3.
Select
Whiteboard Settings
and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Directory
and press
Enter
.
5.
Select the following options as necessary:
•
Enable Directory Access
specifies whether to search a directory server for user names and email addresses.
233
•
Search Base DN
lets you enter the DN (Distinguished Name) where the search for user names and email addresses should start. You can enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces. This field is case-sensitive.
Note:
Make sure you specify the OU (Organizational Unit) and DC (Domain Component) as necessary, with OU first in this format: OU=accounts,DC=example,DC=com. The DN must be at or below the DC level in the database structure.
•
User Attributes
lets you enter a user name. You can enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces. This field is case-sensitive.
•
Mail Attributes
lets you enter the attribute for the mail address. You can enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces. This field is case-sensitive.
•
LDAP Server
let you enter the IP address or host name for the LDAP server. You can enter up to
63 alphanumeric characters. Do not use spaces or the following symbols: " ' + , : ; < = > ? [ \ ] ` |. If you specify a host name, you must configure a DNS server.
Note:
You cannot use the following IP addresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.0.2.x, or 224.0.0.0 to
255.255.255.255.
•
Port Number
lets you enter a port number for the LDAP server. The default port is 389.
•
Authentication
lets you set the type of authentication expected by the LDAP server. If you are using
Digest-MD5
authentication and the
LDAP Server
setting is set to an IP address, you must enable reverse DNS lookup on the DNS server.
•
User name
lets you enter a user name for the mail server. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces.
•
Password
lets you enter a password for the mail server. You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Do not use a colon (":") or spaces.
•
Check connection
tests the network connection.
Note:
Use the displayed keyboard to enter the addresses. Press the arrow buttons on the remote control to highlight numbers or characters and press
Enter
to select them.
6.
When you finish selecting settings, select
Setup Complete
and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit the menus.
Parent topic:
234
Scanning an Image into a Whiteboard Page
You can scan a document or image into a new page in whiteboard mode using a supported Epson all-inone printer connected to the control pad or to your network.
You cannot scan with the following:
• Standalone scanners
• Printers with ESC/P-R commands
• Printers that have run out of ink or cannot print.
You cannot use the following scanning functions, even if they are available on your product:
• The scan button
• Partial document or image scanning
• Double-sided scanning with an Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
• Scanning more than 10 pages at a time with the ADF
1.
Place your original on the product for scanning.
Note:
You can place up to 10 sheets in the ADF. If you want to scan a longer document, scan the pages in batches of 10.
2.
Select the Scan icon on the projector control toolbar and select
Advanced
.
235
You see the Scan screen:
3.
Select the scan settings as necessary.
4.
When you are ready to scan, select
Scan
.
After a moment, your document or image appears on the projected screen. Multi-page documents appear on multiple whiteboard pages.
Parent topic:
236
Whiteboard Scan Settings
Setting
Color
ADF
Orientation
Options
Color
Monochrome
On
Off
—
Description
Selects whether to scan in color or not
Selects whether to use the
Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) or not
Determines the orientation of the scanned original on the whiteboard
Selects the page size of the scanned original
Paper Size
Scanner
Quality
A4
A3
Letter
USB
Network
Best
Normal
Selects the scanner connection type
Selects the scan quality
Parent topic:
Scanning an Image into a Whiteboard Page
Selecting a Networked Device Source
You can project an image from up to 50 devices connected to the projector via a network. You can select the image source from computers running EasyMP Multi PC Projection or Epson iProjection, and smartphones or tablets running Epson iProjection.
1.
Select the Source Select icon on the projector control toolbar.
237
You see an image source list:
2.
Select
Participant List
.
You see a list of available devices. The icon next to a user name indicates the currently selected source.
3.
Select the user name for the device from which you want to project.
Note:
Select
Refresh
to update the user list.
238
4.
Select
Return
.
You see the screen image from the selected device.
While the user selection screen is displayed, you cannot do the following:
• Select a different image source
• Use other interactive features
• Control the projector from the bottom toolbar
• Connect to multiple projectors
• Hear sound from the projector
• Project an image using EasyMP Multi PC Projection or Epson iProjection
Note:
You cannot access the
Participant List
screen when connection to multiple projectors by using
EasyMP Multi PC Projection and projecting the same image (mirroring).
Parent topic:
Saving Pages in Whiteboard Mode
You can save your whiteboard pages as PDF, EWF, or PNG files and select the location where you want to store your files.
Note:
For best results, connect directly to the projector or control pad to save whiteboard pages.
1.
Press the
Save
button on the control pad or remote control, or select the bottom toolbar.
Save icon on the
239
You see a screen like the following:
2.
Select one of the following as the destination where you want to save your file and select
OK
:
•
USB Storage
or
Network Folder
to save to a connected USB storage device or network folder
•
PC via USB Cable
to temporarily save the file on the projector and make it available for copying from a computer. After you copy the file, it is erased
240
•
Browser Participants
to temporarily save the file on the projector and distribute to the participants in the sharing session for download through a Web browser. After the participants have copied the file, select
Done
. The file is erased.
3.
Select the folder where you want to save your file.
4.
To enter a file name, select the
File Name
text box, use the on-screen keyboard to enter a file name, and select
OK
.
5.
Select the file format. If you choose
or
EWF
(Epson Whiteboard Format), you can encrypt the file and add a password. If you choose
EWF
, you can reopen the file later and continue editing.
Note:
PNG files are saved as 1920 × 1200 pixels.
6.
Select one of the following as the
Range
setting:
•
All
to save all the pages in the current whiteboard session (PDF or EWF)
•
Current
to save only the current whiteboard page
•
Selection
to save a range of pages by tapping the numbers in the boxes below (PDF or EWF)
7.
When you are ready to save the whiteboard, select
Save
.
Parent topic:
Printing Whiteboard Pages
You can print your whiteboard pages directly to a printer and select various print settings for them.
The projector supports the following printer control commands:
• Network connection: ESC P/R, ESC/Page, ESC/Page-Color, and PCL6
• USB connection: ESC P/R
1.
Select the Print icon on the projector control toolbar and select
Advanced
.
241
You see a screen like the following:
2.
Select any of the print settings as necessary.
3.
When you are ready, select
.
242
Parent topic:
Whiteboard Print Settings
Note:
Depending on the connected printer, not all settings may be available.
Setting
Number of Copies
Color
Range
Printer
Paper Size
Options
—
Color
Monochrome
All
Current
Selection
Description
Selects the number of copies to print
Selects whether to print using color or not
Selects which whiteboard pages to print.
All
: prints all whiteboard pages
Current
: prints the currently displayed whiteboard page
Selection
: lets you select a range of pages
Selects the printer connection type
Selects the paper size
Quality
Page Border
Page Number
Date & Time
USB
Network
A4
A3
Letter
Normal
Best
—
—
—
Selects the print quality
Adds a border around each page
Prints the page number on each page
Prints the current date and time on each page
243
Setting
Collate
Duplex Printing
Pages per sheet
Options
—
—
—
Description
Separates each set of pages when printing multiple copies
Prints on both sides of the paper
Prints multiple reduced whiteboard pages on each sheet of paper
Parent topic:
Emailing Whiteboard Pages
If your projector is set up on a network and configured to use an email server, you can email your whiteboard pages as an email attachment directly from the projector.
1.
Select the projector's mail server settings using the
Whiteboard Settings
options on the Extended menu.
2.
Select the Email icon on the projector control toolbar.
244
You see a screen like the following:
3.
Tap the
E-mail Address
text box, enter the recipient's email address using the on-screen keyboard, and select
OK
.
Note:
If you imported an address book or set up a directory service, you can select up to 50 email addresses by selecting the address book icon.
4.
Tap the
Subject
text box and enter the email subject using the on-screen keyboard, and select
OK
.
5.
Tap the
File Name
text box and enter the name of the email attachment using the on-screen keyboard, and select
OK
.
245
6.
Select the file format for the email attachment. If you choose
or
EWF
(Epson Whiteboard
Format), you can encrypt the file and add a password.
7.
Select one of the following under
Range
:
•
All
to attach all the pages in the current whiteboard session (PDF or EWF format)
•
Current
to attach only the current whiteboard page
•
Selection
to attach a range of pages by tapping the numbers in the boxes (PDF or EWF format).
8.
When you are ready to email the whiteboard pages, select
Send
.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Selecting Settings for Emailing Whiteboard Pages
Selecting Settings for a Directory Server
Sharing the Whiteboard
Follow the instructions in these sections to share the whiteboard screen with other projectors, devices, and computers.
Starting a Shared Whiteboard Session
Connecting to a Shared Whiteboard from a Computer or Other Device
Supported Web Browsers for Sharing a Whiteboard
Connecting to a Shared Whiteboard from a Projector
Parent topic:
Starting a Shared Whiteboard Session
You can share the whiteboard with up to 15 devices on the same network as the projector, including computers, devices, and other projectors that support whiteboard sharing.
Note:
First set up the projector on a network using port 80. If using SSL, also open port 443. Check with your network administrator for details.
1.
Press the
Whiteboard
button on the remote control or control pad, or select the whiteboard icon on the main toolbar. (You can also press the
Home
button on the remote control or projector and select
Whiteboard Sharing
on the Home screen.)
246
The projector displays the whiteboard.
2.
Select the share icon on the projector control toolbar.
You see the following screen:
3.
Select
Start sharing this whiteboard
.
247
You see a screen like this:
4.
Users connecting to the shared whiteboard must enter the displayed PIN code. To customize the
PIN code, tap the PIN code text box and enter a 7-digit code using the on-screen keyboard.
Note:
You cannot change the PIN code until you start a new whiteboard sharing session.
5.
Select one of the following as the
Sharing Mode
setting to control access to whiteboard features:
•
Presentation
: to allow viewing and saving the whiteboard screen.
•
Discussion
: to allow drawing on the shared screen.
•
Collaboration
: to provide access to all available features except creating a new session.
Note:
The projector displays connection information about the shared whiteboard under
Network
Information
.
248
6.
Select the
Start
button.
The Whiteboard Sharing screen is displayed.
7.
Select the following as necessary:
•
Change Sharing Mode
to change the permissions for connected users
•
Send Invitation
to send email invitations with a link to the shared whiteboard
8.
To hide the connection information, select
Close
.
9.
When you finish sharing the whiteboard, select
Stop Sharing
.
249
Parent topic:
Related concepts
Connecting to a Shared Whiteboard from a Computer or Other Device
You can connect to a shared whiteboard from a computer or device on the same network using a supported web browser. You can view, save, and draw on the shared whiteboard from your connected computer or device.
Note:
Select the share icon on the projector control toolbar to display the IP address and PIN code for the shared whiteboard.
1.
On the computer or other device, open a web browser and enter the whiteboard IP address.
Note:
If you received an invitation email, you can use the provided link to access the shared whiteboard session.
2.
Select the icon on the web page.
You see a prompt to enter a PIN code.
3.
Enter the PIN code and select
Connect
.
You see the shared whiteboard content and toolbar on your computer or device.
Parent topic:
Related references
Supported Web Browsers for Sharing a Whiteboard
Supported Web Browsers for Sharing a Whiteboard
You can connect to a shared whiteboard using these web browsers.
Operating system
Windows 7 or later
Browser version
Internet Explorer 10/11
250
Operating system
OS X 10.7 or later, or macOS
10.12.x
iOS
Android
Chrome OS
Browser version
Safari 6, 7, or 8 iOS 7.0 or later
Android OS 4.0 or later standard browser
Chrome browser
Note:
The available drawing range narrows depending on the screen size of the device.
Parent topic:
Web Browser Toolbars
When connected through a web browser, the whiteboard toolbars allow you to interact with the shared whiteboard. The available tools depend on the
Share Mode
setting you selected.
Tool icon Description
Saves the whiteboard screen as a PDF or PNG file depending on the whiteboard settings
Displays the pointer on the whiteboard screen and all connected devices
Adjusts the view of the display in the web browser window
Displays the entire whiteboard
251
Tool icon Description
Selects a pen for drawing
Selects a translucent highlighter pen for drawing
Selects a shape to place on the screen
Selects the eraser tool so you can click on content and select
OK
to delete it; you cannot delete partially drawn content
Selects an object or image
Selects the line thickness for the current pen or shape
Selects the color of the selected pen or shape
Loads an image on the whiteboard and resizes it if it is larger than the whiteboard; images must be JPG or PNG, with a resolution up to 2048 × 2048 and a pixel count of
2 million or less
252
Tool icon Description
Selects a background for the whiteboard page
Controls which whiteboard page is displayed on the shared whiteboard
: Synchronizes the page with the shared whiteboard. When you edit the page, the change is reflected on the shared whiteboard.
: Displays a page that differs from the shared whiteboard. You can only modify pages that are displayed on the shared whiteboard.
Displays the page number of the edited pages and arrows for moving between them
Creates a new whiteboard page
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Starting a Shared Whiteboard Session
Connecting to a Shared Whiteboard from a Projector
You can connect to a shared whiteboard from another projector on the same network.
1.
Make sure the main projector has started a shared whiteboard session.
2.
Press the
Whiteboard
button on the remote control or control pad on the client projector, or select the source icon on the projector control toolbar. (You can also press the
Home
button on the remote control or projector and select the
Whiteboard
source on the Home screen.)
The projector displays the whiteboard.
3.
Select the share icon on the projector control toolbar.
253
You see the following screen:
4.
Select
Connect to another whiteboard
.
You see a screen like this:
254
5.
Enter the IP address and PIN code for the projector you want to connect to in the
Address
and
PIN
Code
text boxes using the on-screen keyboard.
Note:
To display addresses for the last ten projector connections, select the address field.
6.
Select
Connect
.
Both projectors display the shared whiteboard screen.
icon next to the
To disconnect from the shared whiteboard, select the select
Stop Sharing
.
Parent topic:
share icon on the projector control toolbar and
Using BrightLink Without a Computer
You can use the pens or your finger to write or draw on the projection surface simultaneously without connecting a computer (PC Free annotation). This lets you annotate images from a document camera, iPad, DVD player, or other source.
Using the Built-in Annotation Mode
Built-in Tools for Use Without a Computer
Changing Pen Width and Color Using the Built-in Toolbar
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Using the Built-in Annotation Mode
You can use either pen with the built-in toolbar, both pens at the same time, your finger, or a combination of both pen and finger touch.
1.
Select the source for the image you want to annotate. If you simply want to use a blank screen, select any unused source.
2.
To activate the toolbar, tap the projection surface with the pen or your finger.
You see arrow icons on the left and right side of the projected image.
Note:
The toolbar arrows disappear if you do not use them. To make them reappear, tap the projection surface with the pen or your finger.
255
3.
To display the toolbar, select one of the arrows.
Note:
You can use the pen or your finger to move the arrows up or down.
4.
To close the toolbar, select the icon at the bottom of the toolbar.
Note:
If you want to hide the toolbar automatically after drawing, select the toolbar.
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink Without a Computer
icon at the bottom of the
256
Built-in Tools for Use Without a Computer
The built-in annotation toolbar is embedded in the projector and allows you to draw and write on the projected screen.
Shows or hides the toolbar. You can move the arrows up or down to reposition the toolbar.
257
Switches to computer interactive mode.
• Select , then select to switch to computer interactive mode
• Select , then select to switch back to built-in annotation mode
If the icon is not displayed, set the
Pen Mode Icon
setting to
On
in the projector's
Extended menu. You can also switch to computer interactive mode by pressing the
Pen
Mode
button on the remote control.
Splits the screen and displays the whiteboard source and another source. To switch to the other source, tap and drag the icon all the way across the screen.
To enlarge one image while reducing the other, tap and drag the tab.
Allows the pen or finger to be used as a mouse
Undoes the last annotation
Redoes the last undo
Changes custom pen or highlighter color and width
Writes or draws free-form lines with custom pen
258
Writes or draws free-form lines with a transparent highlighter pen
Black pen (fine point on left, thick on right)
Red pen (fine point on left, thick on right)
Blue pen (fine point on left, thick on right)
Eraser (thin width on left, thick on right)
Clears all annotations
Hides the toolbar after each annotation
Closes the toolbar
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink Without a Computer
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
259
Changing Pen Width and Color Using the Built-in Toolbar
When you use the custom pen or highlighter tools, you can select different colors and line widths.
You can also select the Black, Red, or Blue pen on the toolbar, and select the small circle on the left of the pen for a thin line, or the large circle on the right for a thick line.
Note:
When multiple users draw on the projected screen using multiple pens, you can select different colors and line widths for each pen. When using finger touch operations, all users share the same color and line width.
1.
Select the arrow next to the custom Pen or
2.
Select the color and line width you want.
3.
Select the right arrow icon to close the selection window.
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink Without a Computer
Highlighter pen on the toolbar.
Projector Control Toolbar
The projector control toolbar lets you control the projector with your pen or finger from the projected screen just as you would using the remote control.
Displays the Home screen.
Takes a snapshot of the projected screen and pastes it into a new page in built-in whiteboard mode.
Prints the projected image
260
Saves the projected image to a connected USB storage device
Shares the projected image using EasyMP Multi PC Projection or Epson iProjection
Changes the image source using a displayed list.
Zooms into and out of the image
Turns off the picture and sound
Pauses video action
Increases or decreases the volume
Projects two images from different image sources
Closes the projector control toolbar
Parent topic:
Using BrightLink Without a Computer
261
Splitting the Interactive Screen
You can split the screen and project from two sources at the same time. You can annotate and interact with both sources.
Note:
If you make adjustments such as
Brightness
,
Contrast
,
Color Saturation
,
Tint
,
Sharpness
,
Noise Reduction
, and
Deinterlacing
, they are only applied to the image on the left. Default adjustments are made to the image on the right.
1.
Press the
Split
button on the remote control and select the select the Split tool directly.
Split tool on the bottom toolbar, or
Note:
If you press the
Split
button, the current image is reduced and appears on the left side of the projection surface.
You see a screen like this:
262
2.
Select the two sources you want to display, keeping the following in mind:
• Not all combinations of sources are valid.
• If you want to write on a blank screen, select any unused source.
• Unused sources display the color selected in the
Display Background
setting.
• The
Logo
option will display a blue background.
3.
Press the
Switch Source
button to display the two sources.
4.
Do any of the following as necessary:
• To change to a different source at any time, press the
Menu
button on the remote control and select
Source
, or select the Split icon on the projector control toolbar.
• To annotate on the right screen, press the
Menu
button on the remote control, select
Target Pen
Mode
, and select
Screen Right
. Set the
Pen Mode
setting to
PC Free Annotation
.
• To use PC interactive mode on the right screen, press the
Menu
button on the remote control, select
Target Pen Mode
, and select
Screen Right
. Set the
Pen Mode
setting to
PC Interactive
.
Note:
If you select
Video
,
USB1
, or
USB2
as a source, you cannot use PC interactive mode.
• To reverse the left and right images, press the
Menu
button on the remote control and select
Swap Screens
.
• To make one image larger, press the
Menu
button on the remote control, select
Screen Size
, and select
Larger Left
or
Larger Right
.
• To align the images with the top of the screen, press the
Menu
button on the remote control, select
Align
, and select
Top
.
• To outline the drawing area, press the
Menu
button, select
Display Drawing Area
, and select
On
.
5.
To return to displaying one image, press the
Split
or
Esc
button on the remote control, or press the
Split Screen icon on the bottom toolbar and select
Exit Split Screen
.
You cannot perform the following operations during split screen projection:
• Menu settings
• E-Zoom
• Switching aspect mode
•
User
button operations
263
• Auto Iris
Selecting Interactive Split Screen Settings
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Selecting Interactive Split Screen Settings
You can select split screen projection settings using the projector control toolbar.
1.
Select the Split icon on the projector control toolbar.
2.
Select the tab.
You see a screen like this:
264
3.
Do any of the following as necessary:
• To make one image larger than the other, select a
Screen Size
setting.
• To use the interactive pen as a mouse with a computer source, select a
Target Pen Mode
setting.
• To select the audio from either screen, select an
Audio Source
setting. Select
Auto
to hear audio from the left screen or larger screen.
4.
Select the icon to exit the settings screen.
Parent topic:
Splitting the Interactive Screen
Using Interactive Features with Two Projectors
You can use your projector's interactive features while projecting with two projectors installed side by side. To get started, install the software from the Easy Interactive Function CD.
See the installation guide that came with your projector mount for instructions on installing multiple projectors and selecting settings for interactive features.
Note:
You may not be able to write and draw across the border of the images.
Temporarily Using Interactive Features on One Projector
Parent topic:
Using the Interactive Features
Temporarily Using Interactive Features on One Projector
When you use the interactive features on an image projected by two side-by-side projectors, you can temporarily limit the interactive features to one of the projectors.
1.
Press the
Home
button on the remote control or projector or the toolbar.
icon on the projector control
265
You see a screen like this:
2.
Press the icon.
You see a screen like this:
3.
Set the
Use this single projector
ssetting to
On
.
266
You can now use the interactive features on the current projector only. When the projector turns off, the
Use this single projector
setting returns to
Off
.
Parent topic:
Using Interactive Features with Two Projectors
267
Adjusting the Menu Settings
Follow the instructions in these sections to access the projector menu system and change projector settings.
Image Quality Settings - Image Menu
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Projector Network Settings - Network Menu
Projector Setup Settings - ECO Menu
Projector Information Display - Info Menu
Projector Reset Options - Reset Menu
Using the Projector's Menus
You can use the projector's menus to adjust the settings that control how your projector works. The projector displays the menus on the screen.
1.
Press the
Menu
button on the control panel or remote control.
268
You see the menu screen displaying the Image menu settings.
2.
Press the up or down arrow button to move through the menus listed on the left. The settings for each menu are displayed on the right.
Note:
The available settings depend on the current input source.
3.
To change settings in the displayed menu, press
Enter
.
4.
Press the up or down arrow button to move through the settings.
5.
Change the settings using the buttons listed on the bottom of the menu screens.
6.
To return all the menu settings to their default values, select
Reset
.
7.
When you finish changing settings on a menu, press
Esc
.
8.
Press
Menu
or
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
269
Image Quality Settings - Image Menu
Settings on the Image menu let you adjust the quality of your image for the input source you are currently using. The available settings depend on the currently selected input source.
To change settings for an input source, make sure the source is connected and select that source.
Setting
Color Mode
Brightness
Contrast
Color Saturation
Tint
Sharpness
Options
See the list of available Color
Modes
Varying levels available
Varying levels available
Varying levels available
Varying levels available
Varying levels available
Description
Adjusts the vividness of image colors for various image types and environments
Lightens or darkens the overall image
Adjusts the difference between light and dark areas of the image
Adjusts the intensity of the image colors
Adjusts the balance of green to magenta tones in the image
Adjusts the sharpness or softness of image details
270
Setting
Auto Iris
Options
Color Temp.
(color temperature)
Color Temp.
Customized
Image Enhancement
Advanced
Noise Reduction
Gamma
RGBCMY
Deinterlacing
Off
Normal
High Speed
271
Description
Sets the overall color tone; lower values tint the image red, and higher values tint the image blue
Color Temp.
: sets the color temperature according to the selected color mode
Customized
: adjusts the individual RGB components of the offset and gain
Reduces flickering in analog images
Gamma
: adjusts the colors by selecting one of the gamma correction values, referring to the projected image, or a gamma graph
RGBCMY
: adjusts the hue, saturation, and brightness for each color
Deinterlacing
: sets whether to convert interlaced-to-progressive signals for certain video image types
•
Off
: for fast-moving video images
•
Video
: for most video images
•
Film/Auto
: for movies, computer graphics, and animation
Adjusts the projected luminance based on the image brightness when certain Color Modes are selected
Note:
The
Brightness
setting does not affect lamp brightness. To change the lamp brightness mode, use the
Power Consumption
setting.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - ECO Menu
Related tasks
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Normally the projector detects and optimizes the input signal settings automatically. If you need to customize the settings, you can use the Signal menu. The available settings depend on the currently selected input source.
Note:
You can restore the default settings of the
Position
,
Tracking
, and
Sync
settings by pressing the
Auto
button on the remote control.
To change settings for an input source, make sure the source is connected and select that source.
272
Setting
Resolution
Aspect
Overscan
Tracking
Sync.
Position
Auto Setup
Options
Auto
Wide
Normal
See the list of available aspect ratios
Auto
Off
4%
8%
Varying levels available
Varying levels available
Up, down, left, right
On
Off
Description
Sets the input signal resolution if not detected automatically using the
Auto
option
Sets the aspect ratio (width-to-height ratio) for the selected input source
Changes the projected image ratio to make the edges visible by a selectable percentage or automatically
Adjusts signal to eliminate vertical stripes in computer images
Adjusts signal to eliminate fuzziness or flickering in computer images
Adjusts the image location on the screen
Automatically optimizes computer image quality
273
Setting
Advanced
Options
HDMI Video Range
Input Signal
Video Signal
Description
HDMI Video Range
: sets the video range to match the setting of the device connected to the HDMI input port
•
Auto
: detects the video range automatically
•
Normal
: normally for images from a device other than a computer; select if the black areas of the image are too bright
•
Expanded
: normally for images from a computer; select if the image is too dark
Input Signal
: specifies the signal type from input sources connected to computer ports
•
Auto
: detects signals automatically
•
RGB
: corrects color for computer/RGB video inputs
•
Component
: corrects color for component video inputs
Video Signal
: specifies the signal type from input sources connected to video ports; select
Auto
to automatically detect the signal
Parent topic:
Related concepts
Related references
Related tasks
Changing the Image Aspect Ratio
274
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Options on the Settings menu let you customize various projector features.
Setting
Geometry Correction
Options
H/V Keystone
Quick Corner
Arc Correction
Description
Adjusts image shape to rectangular (horizontally and vertically)
H/V Keystone
: lets you manually correct horizontal and vertical sides
Quick Corner
: select to correct image shape and alignment using an on-screen display
Arc Correction
: select to adjust the curve or arc of the horizontal and vertical sides and load and save settings
275
Setting
Split Screen
Zoom
Image Shift
Volume
HDMI Link
Options
—
Varying levels available
Varying positions available
Varying levels available
Device Connections
HDMI Link
Power On Link
Power Off Link
Link Buffer
Description
Divides the viewing area horizontally and displays two images side-by-side; while in
Split Screen mode, press
Menu
to display the Split Screen options or
Esc
to cancel split screen display
Adjusts the size of the projected image
Adjusts the position of the projected image
Adjusts the volume of projector’s speaker system or external speakers
Adjusts the HDMI Link options that allow the projector remote to control HDMI-connected devices that support the CEC standard
Device Connections
: lists the devices connected to the
HDMI
1/MHL
, and
HDMI 2
ports
HDMI Link
: enables or disables the HDMI Link function
Power On Link
: controls what happens when you turn on the projector or a linked device
Power Off Link
: controls whether linked devices are turned off when the projector is turned off
Link Buffer
: improves the performance of operations when the HDMI Link is not functioning correctly
276
Setting
Lock Setting
Pointer Shape
Remote Receiver
User Button
Options
Control Panel Lock
Three shapes available
Front/Rear
Front
Rear
Off
Power Consumption
Info
Deinterlacing
Closed Caption
Resolution
Pattern Display
Auto Calibration
Display the QR Code
Installation Guide
Description
Controls projector button locking to secure the projector
Full Lock
: locks all buttons
Partial Lock
: locks all buttons except the power button
Off
: no buttons locked
Changes the shape of the remote control pointer feature
Limits reception of remote control signals by the selected receiver;
Off
turns off all receivers
Assigns a menu option to the
User
button on the remote control for one-touch access
277
Setting
Pattern
Options
Pattern Display
Pattern Type
User Pattern
Test Pattern
Description
Selects various pattern display options
Pattern Display
: lets you display the selected pattern type on the screen to aid in presentation
Pattern Type
: selects the type of grid or line pattern to display
User Pattern
: captures a projected screen and saves it as a pattern for display
Test Pattern
: displays a test pattern to assist in focusing and zooming the image and correcting image shape
Displays an on-screen guide with instructions for installing and positioning the projector
Installation Guide
—
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Locking the Projector's Buttons
Unlocking the Projector's Buttons
Correcting Image Shape with the Keystone Buttons
Correcting Image Shape with Quick Corner
Correcting Image Shape with Arc Correction
278
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Settings on the Extended menu let you customize various projector setup features that control its operation.
Easy Interactive Function Settings
Setting Options
General
Easy Interactive Function settings
279
Description
Setting
Auto Calibration
Manual Calibration
Touch Unit Setup
Pen Mode
Hovering
Options
—
Installation Pattern
Power
Angle Adjustment
Touch Calibration
PC Free Annotation
PC Interactive
On
Off
Description
Start calibration for the interactive pens
Select settings for the Touch Unit
Installation Pattern
: displays reference points to help you determine the installation position of the Touch Unit
Power
: turns on the Touch Unit power
Angle Adjustment
: performs angle adjustment for laser diffusion
Touch Calibration
: performs calibration for finger touch operations
Selects the mode for the interactive pens
PC Free Annotation
: draws on the projected screen without software or PC required
PC Interactive
: operates a mouse or interactive device from the projected screen using the interactive pen or your finger
Turns the pen hovering feature on and off; when set to
On
, the pointer follows the pen tip as you hover it over the screen and move it around
280
Setting
Advanced
PC Interactive
Options
Distance of Projectors
Sync of Projectors
Multi-Projection
Wired Sync Mode
Preset Pen Thickness
Eraser Size
Color Palette
Pen Button Function
Default Touch Action
Confirm Clear Screen
Easy Interactive Function settings
Pen Operation Mode Windows/Mac Mode
Ubuntu mode
Description
Selects various settings for interactive features
Distance of Projectors
,
Sync of
Projectors
,
Multi-Projection
, and
Wired Sync Mode
: let you adjust features for using multiple projectors of the same model in the same room
Preset Pen Thickness
: lets you select the default pen thickness when using the drawing tools
Eraser Size
: lets you select the default eraser size when selecting the eraser tool
Color Palette
: lets you choose a different palette if certain colors are difficult to see
Pen Button Function
: selects the function of the button on the interactive pen in annotation mode
Default Touch Action
: selects the default action when performing touch operations in annotation mode
Confirm Clear Screen
: lets you display a confirmation screen before clearing all of the content
Sets the correct operating system for the interactive pen features
281
Setting
Enable Right Click
Advanced
Other Extended Settings
Setting
Whiteboard Settings
Options
On
Off
Pen Tip Button
Auto Adjust Pen Area
Manual Adj. Pen Area
Description
Lets you use a long pen press or finger press as a right-click operation when using mouse mode
Select pen operation and adjustment options
Pen Tip Button
: assign either
Right Click
or
Left Click
to the pen tip button
Select either
Auto Adjust Pen
Area
or
Manual Adj. Pen Area
as the pen area adjustment option
Description
Displays whiteboard setting menus
Options
Basic
Policy
Save
Directory
Reset
282
Setting
Home Screen
Options
Home Screen Auto Disp.
Custom Setting L1
Custom Setting L2
Custom Setting L3
Custom Setting R1
Custom Setting R2
Custom Setting R3
Description
Adjusts settings on the Home
Screen
Home Screen Auto Disp.
: controls whether the Home screen displays automatically when the projector is turned on
Custom Setting L1
through
Custom Setting R3
: let you customize the options displayed on the Home screen and save your settings as a preset
283
Setting
Display
Closed Caption
Options
Messages
Display Background
Startup Screen
A/V Mute
Color Uniformity
Toolbars
Pen Mode Icon
Projector Control
Off
CC1
CC2
Description
Selects various display options
Messages
: controls whether messages are displayed on the screen
Display Background
: selects the screen color or logo to display when no signal is received
Startup Screen
: controls whether a special screen appears when the projector starts up
A/V Mute
: selects the screen color or logo to display when A/V
Mute is turned on
Color Uniformity
: adjusts the color tone balance
Toolbars
: controls whether the drawing toolbar is always displayed when in annotation mode
Pen Mode Icon
: controls the display of the pen icon on the screen
Projector Control
: controls where the projector control toolbar is displayed on the screen
Controls use of closed captions and selects the closed caption type (closed captions are only visible for NTSC signals connected through the
Video
port)
284
Setting
User's Logo
Projection
Operation
Options
—–
Front
Front/Upside Down
Rear
Rear Upside Down
Direct Power On
High Altitude Mode
Auto Source Search
Auto Power On
Date & Time
Description
Creates a screen that the projector displays to identify itself and enhance security
Selects the way the projector faces the screen so the image is oriented correctly
Selects various operation options
Direct Power On
: lets you turn on the projector without pressing the power button
High Altitude Mode
: regulates the projector’s operating temperature at altitudes above
4921 feet (1500 m)
Auto Source Search
: automatically detects the image signal that is input when the projector is turned on
Auto Power On
: automatically turns on the projector when it detects an input signal from the selected port
Date & Time
: adjusts the projector's date and time settings
•
Daylight Savings Time
: enables daylight savings time
•
Internet Time
: updates the time automatically via an online time server
285
Setting
A/V Settings
Options
A/V Output
Audio Output
HDMI1 Audio Output
HDMI2 Audio Output
DVI Output
HDMI2 Out (Split Screen)
Description
Selects the following when the projector is in standby mode
(turned off):
A/V Output
: the
Always On
setting lets the projector output audio and video signals even while it is standby mode; only available when
Standby Mode
is set to
Communication On
Audio Output
: selects the audio input port when projecting images from non-HDMI ports
HDMI1 Audio Output
and
HDMI2 Audio Output
: selects which Audio port provides audio when viewing images from HDMI ports
DVI Output
: selects a image source to display through the connected DVI monitor. Refresh intervals may vary.
HDMI2 Out (Split Screen)
: selects whether to display video from the
HDMI 2
port when using split screen
286
Setting
USB Type B
Options
Easy Interactive Function
USB Display/Easy Interactive
Function
Wireless Mouse/USB Display
Description
Selects what happens when you connect your computer to the projector's
USB-B
port
Easy Interactive Function
: lets you use the interactive pens or your finger with your computer
USB Display/Easy Interactive
Function
: lets you display your computer's image through the
USB port and use the interactive pens or your finger with your computer
Wireless Mouse/USB Display
: lets you use the wireless mouse feature and display your computer's image through the
USB port (interactivity not available)
287
Setting
Multi-Projection
Schedule Settings
Language
Options
Multi-Projection
Projector ID
Color Mode
Color Uniformity
Brightness Level
Color Matching
RGBCMY
Reset
Schedule
Schedule Reset
Setup Complete
Various languages available
Description
Selects the following when you use multiple projectors:
Multi-Projection
: matches the display settings of multiple projectors
Projector ID
: assigns an ID for the projector when you use multiple projectors
Color Mode
: adjusts the vividness of image colors for various image types and environments
Color Uniformity
: adjusts the color tone balance
Brightness Level
: lightens or darkens the overall image
Color Matching
: corrects the difference in tint and brightness for each projected image
RGBCMY
: adjusts the hue, saturation, and brightness for each color
Reset
: resets all of the Multi-
Projection settings to their default values
Schedules projector events to occur automatically at selected dates and times
Selects the language for projector menu and message displays
288
Note:
You cannot reset the following settings using the
Reset
option in the Extended menu:
•
Easy Interactive Function
•
Toolbars
•
Pen Mode Icon
•
Projector Control
•
User's Logo
•
Projection
•
High Altitude Mode
•
Auto Source Search
•
Date & Time
•
A/V Output
•
DVI Output
•
USB Type B
•
Multi-Projection
•
Projector ID
•
Color Mode
•
Color Matching
•
Schedule Settings
•
Language
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Selecting Basic Whiteboard Settings and Policies
Selecting Whiteboard Print Settings
Selecting Settings for Saving Whiteboard Pages
Selecting Settings for Emailing Whiteboard Pages
Selecting Settings for a Directory Server
289
Selecting the Language for the Projector Menus
Changing the Projection Mode Using the Menus
Connecting to a Computer for Pen Use or USB Mouse Control
Projector Network Settings - Network Menu
Settings on the Network menu let you view network information and set up the projector for monitoring and control over a network.
Setting
Screen Mirroring
Screen Mirroring Info
Options
On
Off
Display Name
MAC Address
Region Code
Description
Enables or disables screen mirroring
Displays Screen Mirroring status and information when
Screen Mirroring
is enabled
290
Setting Options
Screen Mirroring Settings Display Name
Operation Mode
Basic
•
Wireless LAN Sys.
•
Adjust Image Quality
•
Connection Mode
Extended
•
Meeting Mode
•
Channel
Display
•
Display PIN Code
•
Display Device Name
Wireless LAN Power On
Off
Description
Display Name
: sets the name shown when screen mirroring devices search for the projector
Operation Mode
: controls the available settings for Screen Mirroring
Wireless LAN Sys.
: sets the communication method between the projector and the mobile device
Adjust Image Quality
: adjusts the screen mirroring speed and quality; choose
1 (Fine)
for increased quality, or
4 (Fast)
for increased processing speed
Connection Mode
: selects the type of
WPS for the wireless connection; select
PIN
for increased security, or
PIN/PBC
if your mobile device only supports a PBC connection
Meeting Mode
: allows other devices to connect during screen mirroring
Channel
: selects the wireless channel for screen mirroring
Display PIN Code
: displays the 8-digit
PIN code on the screen when projecting any source other than
Screen Mirroring
Display Device Name
: displays the device name on the screen when projecting any source other than
Screen Mirroring
Enables or disables wireless communication
291
Setting
Net. Info - Wireless LAN
Net. Info - Wired LAN
Display the QR Code
Remote Desktop Setup
Options
Connection mode
Wireless LAN Sys.
Antenna level
Projector Name
SSID
DHCP
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
MAC Address
Region Code
Projector Name
DHCP
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
MAC Address
—
Address
User Name
Password
Description
Displays wireless network status and details
Displays wired network status and details
Displays the QR code for quick connection to a mobile device
Configures the settings for remote desktop connections
Address
: sets the remote computer's
IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN)
User Name
: sets a user name for the remote computer.
Password
: sets a password for the remote computer.
292
Setting
Network Configuration
Options
Accesses additional network menus
Description
Configures your network settings
Parent topic:
Related concepts
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - ECO Menu
Settings on the ECO menu let you customize projector functions to save power. When you select a power-saving setting, a leaf icon appears next to the menu item.
293
Setting
Power Consumption
Light Optimizer
Sleep Mode
Sleep Mode Timer
A/V Mute Timer
Standby Mode
Options
Auto
Normal
ECO
On
Off
On
Off
1 to 30 minutes
On
Off
Communication On
Communication Off
Description
Selects the brightness mode of the projector lamp
Auto
: allows the projector to sense the optimum lamp brightness and adjust the lamp brightness accordingly
Normal
: sets maximum lamp brightness
ECO
: reduces lamp brightness and fan noise, and saves power and lamp life
When
Power Consumption
is set to
Normal
and both
Auto Iris
and
Multi Projection
are turned off, the lamp brightness is adjusted based on the projected image; you can set this option for each color mode
Automatically places the projector in standby mode after an interval of inactivity
Sets the interval for Sleep Mode
Automatically turns off the projector after 30 minutes if
A/V Mute
is enabled
Enable this setting to allow the following operations to occur when the projector is in standby mode:
• Monitor and control the projector over a network
• Output audio and video to an external device (A/V Output must be set to
Always On
)
294
Setting
ECO Display
Options
On
Off
Description
Displays a leaf icon in the bottom left corner of the projected screen to indicate the power-saving status when the lamp brightness changes
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Information Display - Info Menu
You can display information about the projector and input sources by viewing the Info menu. However, you cannot change any settings in the menu.
Select
Version
to display the projector's firmware version. Select
Projector Info
to display the settings described below.
Note:
Available settings depend on the current input source. The lamp usage timer does not register any hours until you have used the lamp for at least 10 hours.
295
Information item
Lamp Hours
Source
Input Signal
Resolution
Video Signal
Refresh Rate
Sync Info
Status
Serial Number
Event ID
Description
Displays the number of hours (
H
) the lamp has been used in
Normal
and
ECO
Power Consumption modes; if the information is displayed in yellow, obtain a genuine Epson replacement lamp soon
Displays the name of the port to which the current input source is connected
Displays the input signal setting of the current input source
Displays the resolution of the current input source
Displays the video signal format of the current input source
Displays the refresh rate of the current input source
Displays information that may be needed by a service technician
Displays information about projector problems that may be needed by a service technician
Displays the projector's serial number
Displays the Event ID number corresponding to a specific projector problem; see the list of Event ID codes
Parent topic:
Event ID Code List
If the
Event ID
option on the Info menu displays a code number, check this list of Event ID codes for the solution to the projector problem associated with the code.
296
0031
0035
0023
0024
0025
0432
0435
0434
Event ID code Cause and solution
0020
0026
A screen mirroring communication error has occurred. Turn the projector off and on again, or restart the network software.
0032
0036
0037
0038
0021
0022
Failed to start Screen Mirroring. Turn the projector off and on again.
Unstable screen mirroring communication. Check the network communication status, wait a few moments, and try connecting to the network again.
0027
0028
0029
0030
0481
0482
0485
0433
0484
Connection failed. If you see the PIN entry screen on your computer, enter the PIN code displayed on the Screen Mirroring standby screen or at the bottom right of the projected image. If this does not solve the problem, restart the projector and the connected devices, and then check the connection settings.
The network software did not start. Turn the projector off and then on again.
Unstable network communication. Check the network communication status, wait a few moments, and try connecting to the network again.
Cannot display the transferred images. Restart the network software.
Communication with computer was disconnected. Restart the network software.
297
Event ID code Cause and solution
0483
04FE
The network software quit unexpectedly. Check the network communication status, then turn the projector off and then on again.
0479
04FF
A projector system error has occurred. Turn the projector off and then on again.
0891
0892
0893
0894
Cannot find the SSID (network name). Make sure your computer and projector are connected to your access point's current SSID.
The WPA/WPA2 authentication type does not match. Make sure the wireless network security settings are correct.
The TKIP/AES encryption type does not match. Make sure the wireless network security settings are correct.
Communication with unauthorized access point was disconnected. Contact your network administrator.
0898
0899
089A
089B
089C
089D
0B01
Failed to acquire DHCP address. Make sure the DHCP server is operating correctly.
If you are not using DHCP, turn off the
DHCP
setting in the Network menus.
A communication error has occurred. Try restarting the network software and restarting your projector. If that does not solve the problem, contact Epson for help.
The EAP authentication type does not match the network. Check the wireless LAN security settings and make sure that the security certificate is installed correctly.
EAP server authentication failed. Check the wireless LAN security settings and make sure that the security certificate is installed correctly.
EAP client authentication failed. Check the wireless LAN security settings and make sure that the security certificate is installed correctly.
Key exchange failed. Check the wireless LAN security settings and make sure that the security certificate is installed correctly.
The internal storage could not be detected correctly. Turn off the projector and disconnect the power cord, then reconnect the power cord and turn the projector back on. The internal storage is recovered when the projector is turned on and all of the Whiteboard Settings menu items are returned to the default settings. The template information, address book, and shared whiteboard connection logs saved in the internal storage are deleted. If that does not solve the problem, contact Epson for help.
298
Event ID code Cause and solution
0BFF An error has occurred in the whiteboard function. Restart the projector.
Parent topic:
Projector Information Display - Info Menu
Related references
Projector Network Settings - Network Menu
Related tasks
Setting Up Wireless Network Security
Projector Reset Options - Reset Menu
You can reset most of the projector settings to their default values using the
Reset All Config
option on the Reset menu.
You can also reset the projector's lamp usage timer to zero when you replace the lamp using the
Reset
Lamp Hours
option.
You cannot reset the following settings using the
Reset All Config
option:
• Input Signal
• User's Logo
• Schedule Settings
299
• Language
• Network menu items
• Lamp Hours
• Password
• Zoom
• Image Shift
• Date & Time
• Color Uniformity
• Color Matching
Parent topic:
300
Maintaining and Transporting the Projector
Follow the instructions in these sections to maintain your projector and transport it from place to place.
Projector Maintenance
Your projector needs little maintenance to keep working at its best.
You may need to clean the projection window and obstacle sensor periodically, and clean the air filter and air vents to prevent the projector from overheating due to blocked ventilation.
The only parts you should replace are the lamp, air filter, pen batteries and tips, and remote control batteries. If any other part needs replacing, contact Epson or an authorized Epson servicer.
Warning:
Before cleaning any part of the projector, turn it off and unplug the power cord. Never open any cover on the projector, except as specifically explained in this manual. Dangerous electrical voltages in the projector can injure you severely.
Warning:
Do not try to service this product yourself, except as specifically explained in this manual.
Refer all other servicing to qualified servicers.
Cleaning the Projection Window
Air Filter and Vent Maintenance
Replacing the Remote Control Batteries
Parent topic:
Maintaining and Transporting the Projector
Cleaning the Projection Window
Clean the projection window periodically, or whenever you notice dust or smudges on the surface.
• To remove dust or smudges, gently wipe the projection window with lens-cleaning paper.
301
• To remove stubborn smudges, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with lens cleaner and gently wipe the projection window.
Warning:
Do not use a lens cleaner that contains flammable gas. The high heat generated by the projector lamp may cause a fire.
Caution:
Do not use canned air, or the gases may leave a flammable residue.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Cleaning the Obstacle Sensor
Clean the projector's obstacle sensor glass (circled in red) periodically, or if you see a message telling you to remove any obstacles that are interfering with the projection area.
• To remove dust or smudges, gently wipe the obstacle sensor glass with lens-cleaning paper.
• To remove stubborn smudges, moisten a soft, lint-free cloth with lens cleaner and gently wipe the obstacle sensor glass.
Warning:
Do not use a lens cleaner that contains flammable gas. The high heat generated by the projector lamp may cause a fire.
Caution:
Do not use canned air, or the gases may leave a flammable residue.
302
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Cleaning the Projector Case
Before cleaning the projector case, turn off the projector and unplug the power cord.
• To remove dust or dirt, use a soft, dry, lint-free cloth.
• To remove stubborn dirt, use a soft cloth moistened with water and mild soap. Do not spray liquid directly on the projector.
Caution:
Do not use wax, alcohol, benzine, paint thinner, or other chemicals to clean the projector case. These can damage the case. Do not use canned air, or the gases may leave a residue.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Air Filter and Vent Maintenance
Regular filter maintenance is important to maintaining your projector. Your Epson projector is designed with an easily accessible, user-replaceable filter to protect your projector and make regular maintenance simple. Filter maintenance intervals will depend on the environment.
If regular maintenance is not performed, your Epson projector will notify you when the temperature inside the projector has reached a high level. Do not wait until this warning appears to maintain your projector filter as prolonged exposure to high temperatures may reduce the life of your projector or lamp.
Damage due to the failure to properly maintain the projector or its filter may not be covered by the projector or lamp Limited Warranties.
Cleaning the Air Filter and Vents
Parent topic:
Cleaning the Air Filter and Vents
Clean the projector's air filter or vents if they get dusty, or if you see a message telling you to clean them.
Caution:
Do not use water or any detergent to clean the air filter. Do not use canned air, or the gases may leave a flammable residue.
303
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord.
2.
Slide the air filter cover latch and open the air filter cover.
304
3.
Pull the air filter out of the projector.
4.
Tap each side of the filter 4 to 5 times to shake off any excess dust. Do this outside the room or away from the projector.
Caution:
Do not use excessive force when tapping the air filter, or it may crack and become unusable. Do not rinse the air filter in water, or use any detergent or solvent to clean it. Do not use
305
canned air; the gases may leave a residue, or push dust and debris into the projector's optics or other sensitive areas.
5.
Vacuum the front of the air filter (the side with the tabs) to remove any remaining dust.
Note:
If dust is difficult to remove or the air filter is damaged, replace the air filter.
6.
Place the air filter back in the projector as shown.
306
7.
Close the air filter cover.
Parent topic:
Air Filter and Vent Maintenance
Related tasks
Replacing the Air Filter
You need to replace the air filter in the following situations:
• After cleaning the air filter, you see a message telling you to clean or replace it
• The air filter is torn or damaged
You can replace the air filter while the projector is mounted on the wall or ceiling.
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord.
307
2.
Slide the air filter cover latch and open the air filter cover.
308
3.
Pull the air filter out of the projector.
Note:
Air filters contain polypropylene. Dispose of used air filters according to local regulations.
4.
Place the new air filter in the projector as shown.
309
5.
Close the air filter cover.
Parent topic:
Air Filter and Vent Maintenance
Related tasks
Projector Lamp Maintenance
The projector keeps track of the number of hours the lamp is used and displays this information in the projector's menu system.
Replace the lamp as soon as possible when the following occurs:
• The projected image gets darker or starts to deteriorate
• A message appears when you turn on the projector telling you to replace the lamp
• The projector's On/Standby light is flashing blue and its Lamp light is flashing orange
Parent topic:
Replacing the Lamp
Before you replace the lamp, let the projector cool down for at least one hour so the lamp will not be hot.
Warning:
Let the lamp fully cool before replacing it to avoid injury.
You can replace the lamp while the projector is mounted on the wall or ceiling.
1.
Turn off the projector and unplug the power cord.
2.
Allow the projector lamp to cool down for at least one hour.
Warning:
If the lamp is broken, glass fragments may be loose inside the lamp chamber. Be careful removing any broken glass to avoid injury. If the projector is mounted on the wall or ceiling, stand to the side in case the lamp is broken.
310
3.
Use the screwdriver included with the replacement lamp to loosen the screw securing the lamp cover.
4.
Slide off the lamp cover.
Note:
If the projector is suspended from a wall or ceiling, remove the lamp cover carefully and support it with your hand.
311
5.
Loosen the screws securing the lamp to the projector. The screws do not come all the way out.
6.
Lift up the lamp handle and gently pull the lamp out of the projector.
Note:
The lamp(s) in this product contain mercury. Please consult your state and local regulations regarding disposal or recycling. Do not put in the trash.
312
7.
Gently insert the new lamp into the projector along the guide rail. If it does not fit easily, make sure it is facing the right way. Press the handle down.
Caution:
Do not touch any glass on the lamp assembly to avoid premature lamp failure.
8.
Tighten the screws to secure the lamp.
313
9.
Replace the lamp cover and tighten the screw to secure it.
Note:
Be sure the lamp cover is securely installed or the lamp will not come on.
Reset the lamp timer to zero to keep track of the new lamp’s usage.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Resetting the Lamp Timer
You must reset the lamp timer after replacing the projector's lamp to clear the lamp replacement message and to keep track of lamp usage correctly.
Note:
Do not reset the lamp timer if you have not replaced the lamp to avoid inaccurate lamp usage information.
1.
Turn on the projector.
2.
Press the
Menu
button.
314
3.
Select the
Reset
menu and press
Enter
.
4.
Select
Reset Lamp Hours
and press
Enter
.
You see a prompt asking if you want to reset the lamp hours.
5.
Select
Yes
and press
Enter
.
6.
Press
Menu
or
Esc
to exit the menus.
Parent topic:
Replacing the Remote Control Batteries
The remote control uses two AA manganese or alkaline batteries. Replace the batteries as soon as they run out.
Caution:
Use only the type of batteries specified in this manual. Do not install batteries of different types, or mix new and old batteries.
315
1.
Remove the battery cover as shown.
2.
Remove the old batteries.
Warning:
If the battery fluid has leaked, wipe it away with a soft cloth and avoid getting the fluid on your hands. If it gets on your hands, wash them immediately to avoid injury.
3.
Insert the batteries with the
+
and
–
ends facing as shown.
316
4.
Replace the battery cover and press it down until it clicks into place.
Warning:
Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Keep batteries out of the reach of children; they are choking hazards and are very dangerous if swallowed.
Parent topic:
Replacing the Hard Pen Tips
If the pen tips become damaged or no longer work correctly, you can replace them.
317
1.
Twist off the tip of the pen to remove it.
318
2.
Twist on the new tip.
Parent topic:
Replacing the Soft Pen Tips
If the pen tips become damaged or no longer work correctly, you can replace them.
319
1.
Twist off the tip of the pen to remove it.
2.
Remove the soft tip.
320
3.
Insert the new tip.
4.
Twist on the pen tip.
Parent topic:
321
Transporting the Projector
The projector contains precision parts, some of which are glass. Follow these guidelines to transport, ship, or store the projector safely:
• Remove any equipment connected to the projector.
• When transporting the projector a long distance or as checked luggage, pack it in a firm box with cushioning around it and mark the box "Fragile."
• When shipping the projector for repairs, place it in its original packing materials, if possible, or use equivalent materials with cushioning around the projector. Mark the box "Fragile."
Note:
Epson shall not be liable for any damages incurred during transportation.
Parent topic:
Maintaining and Transporting the Projector
322
Solving Problems
Check the solutions in these sections if you have any problems using the projector.
Using the Projector Help Displays
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Solving Projector or Remote Control Operation Problems
Projection Problem Tips
If the projector is not working properly, try turning it off and unplugging it. Then plug it back in and turn it on.
If this does not solve the problem, check the following:
• The lights on the projector may indicate what the problem is.
• The Help option on the Home screen can display information about common problems, if the projector is operating.
• The solutions in this manual can help you solve many problems.
If none of these solutions help, you can contact Epson for technical support.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Related tasks
Cleaning the Air Filter and Vents
323
Projector Light Status
The lights on the projector indicate the projector status and let you know when a problem occurs. Check the status and color of the lights and look for a solution in the table here.
1 On/Standby light
2 Status light
3 Lamp light
4 Temp (temperature) light
On/Standby light
Blue
Status light
Blue
Lamp light Temp light
Off Off
Status and solution
Normal operation.
324
On/Standby light
Blue
Status light Lamp light Temp light
Flashing blue Off Off
Blue
Flashing blue
Blue
Off
Off
Off
Varies
Flashing blue
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flashing orange
Orange
Status and solution
Warming up. Wait for an image to appear.
Shutting down. (When the Status light stops flashing, you can unplug the projector.)
Standby, sleep mode, or monitoring.
Preparing for monitoring; all features are disabled.
Projector is too hot.
• Make sure that the vents and air filter are not clogged with dust or obstructed by nearby objects.
• Clean or replace the air filter.
• Make sure the environmental temperature is not too hot.
Projector has overheated and turned off. Leave it turned off to cool down.
After about five minutes, do the following:
• Make sure that the vents and air filter are not clogged with dust or obstructed by nearby objects.
• Clean or replace the air filter.
• If operating the projector at high altitude, turn on
High Altitude
Mode
.
• If the problem persists, unplug the projector and contact Epson for help.
325
On/Standby light
Off
Status light Lamp light Temp light
Flashing blue Orange Off
Off
Off
Off
Flashing blue
Off
Varies Flashing orange
Flashing blue Off
Flashing blue
Flashing blue
Flashing blue
Flashing orange
Orange
Flashing orange
Varies
Flashing orange
Flashing orange
Orange
Off
Status and solution
Lamp has a problem.
• Check to see if the lamp is burned out, broken, or installed incorrectly.
Reseat or replace the lamp as necessary.
• Clean or replace the air filter.
• If operating the projector at high altitude, turn on
High Altitude
Mode
.
• If the problem persists, unplug the projector and contact Epson for help.
Replace the lamp soon to avoid damage. Do not continue using the projector.
A fan or sensor has a problem. Turn the projector off, unplug it, and contact Epson for help.
Auto Iris error. Turn the projector off, unplug it, and contact Epson for help.
Power error. Turn the projector off, unplug it, and contact Epson for help.
Internal projector error. Turn the projector off, unplug it, and contact
Epson for help.
326
On/Standby light
Off
Status light Lamp light Temp light
Flashing blue Orange Orange
Status and solution
Obstacle detection error. A beep sounds, and the message "For safety purposes remove any obstacles blocking the lens." is displayed. The projector turns off automatically if no action is taken.
• Make sure that there are no obstacles interfering with the projection window. Remove any obstacles.
• Clean the obstacle sensor if there are no obstacles.
If the problem persists, turn the projector off, unplug it, and contact
Epson for help
Note:
If the lights display a pattern not listed in the table above, turn the projector off, unplug it, and contact Epson for help.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Using the Projector Help Displays
You can display information to help you solve common problems using the projector's Help system.
1.
Turn on the projector.
2.
Press the
Home
button on the projector or the remote control.
3.
Press the arrow buttons to select the
4.
Select
Display the Help menu
.
5.
Press
Enter
.
You see the Help menu.
Help icon and press Enter.
327
6.
Press the up and down arrow buttons to highlight the problem you want to solve.
7.
Press
Enter
to view the solutions.
8.
When you are finished, do one of the following:
• To select another problem to solve, press
Esc
.
• To exit the help system, press
Home
.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Check the solutions in these sections if you have any problems with projected images or sound.
Solutions When No Image Appears
Solutions When Image is Incorrect Using the USB Display Function
Solutions When "No Signal" Message Appears
Solutions When "Not Supported" Message Appears
Solutions When Only a Partial Image Appears
Solutions When the Image is Not Rectangular
Solutions When the Image Contains Noise or Static
Solutions When the Image is Fuzzy or Blurry
Solutions When the Image Brightness or Colors are Incorrect
Parent topic:
Solutions When No Image Appears
If no image appears, try the following solutions:
• Press the
A/V Mute
button on the remote control to see if the image was temporarily turned off.
• Make sure all necessary cables are securely connected and the power is on for the projector and connected video sources.
• Press the projector's power button to wake it from standby or sleep mode. Also see if your connected computer is in sleep mode or displaying a blank screen saver.
• Press the
Menu
button. If the projector menu is able to display, there may be a problem with the connected video source, cable connection, or port.
• Check the settings on the Signal menu to make sure they are correct for the current video source.
328
• Adjust the
Brightness
setting or select the
Normal
Power Consumption setting.
• Check the
Display
setting to make sure
Messages
is set to
On
.
• If the projector does not respond when you press the control panel buttons, the buttons may be locked. Unlock the buttons.
• If the projector does not respond when you press buttons on the remote control, make sure the remote receivers are turned on.
• For images projected with Windows Media Center, reduce the screen size from full screen mode.
• For images projected from applications using Windows DirectX, turn off DirectX functions.
• If the other solutions do not solve the problem, reset all of the projector settings using the options on the
Reset
menu.
• The projector may not be able to project copyrighted videos that you play back on a computer. For details, see the manual supplied with your computer.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Related tasks
Controlling the Volume with the Volume Buttons
Unlocking the Projector's Buttons
Solutions When Image is Incorrect Using the USB Display Function
If no image appears or if the image appears incorrectly using the USB Display function, try the following solutions:
• Press the
USB
button on the remote control.
• Make sure the USB Display software has installed correctly. Install it manually if necessary.
• Make sure the
USB Type B
setting in the Extended menu is set to one of the
USB Display
options.
• On a Mac, select the
USB Display
icon in the Dock or from the
Applications
folder.
• For images projected with Windows Media Center, reduce the screen size from full screen mode.
• For images projected from applications using Windows DirectX, turn off DirectX functions.
329
• If the mouse cursor flickers, select
Make the movement of the mouse pointer smooth
in the Epson
USB Display Settings program on your computer.
• Turn off the
Transfer layered window
setting in the Epson USB Display Settings program on your computer.
• Make sure you are using the most recent version of the USB Display software. You can download the latest version from the Epson web site. Go to epson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support (Canada) and select your projector.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Related tasks
Solutions When "No Signal" Message Appears
If the "No Signal" message appears, try the following solutions:
• Press the
Source Search
button and wait a few seconds for an image to appear.
• Press the
Home
button on the remote control to select from a list of available sources (shown in black text).
• Turn on the connected computer or video source, and press its play button to begin your presentation, if necessary.
• Check the connection from the projector to your video sources.
• If you are projecting from a laptop computer, make sure it is set up to display on an external monitor.
• If necessary, turn the projector and the connected computer or video source off and then on again.
• If you are projecting from an HDMI source, replace the HDMI cable with a shorter one.
• Connect the video source directly to the projector.
• If the other solutions do not solve the problem, reset all of the projector settings using the options on the
Reset
menu.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
330
Related tasks
Related topics
Connecting to Computer Sources
Displaying From a PC Laptop
If you see the "No Signal" message when you display from a PC laptop, you need to set up the laptop to display on an external monitor.
1.
Hold down the laptop's
Fn
key and press the key labeled with a monitor icon or
CRT/LCD
. (See your laptop manual for details.) Wait a few seconds for an image to appear. To display on both the laptop's monitor and the projector, try pressing the same keys again.
Note:
On Windows 7 or later, hold down the Windows key and press
P
at the same time, then click
Duplicate
.
2.
If the same image is not displayed by the laptop and projector, check the Windows
Display
utility to make sure the external monitor port is enabled and extended desktop mode is disabled. (See your computer or Windows manual for instructions.)
3.
If necessary, check your video card settings and set the multiple display option to
Mirror
or
Duplicate
.
Parent topic:
Solutions When "No Signal" Message Appears
Displaying From a Mac Laptop
If you see the "No Signal" message when you display from a Mac laptop, you need to set up the laptop for mirrored display. (See your laptop manual for details.)
1.
Open the
System Preferences
utility and select
Displays
,
Display
, or
Color LCD
.
2.
Click the
Arrange
or
Arrangement
tab.
3.
Select the
Mirror Displays
checkbox.
Parent topic:
Solutions When "No Signal" Message Appears
Solutions When "Not Supported" Message Appears
If the "Not Supported" message appears, try the following solutions:
• Make sure the input signal is supported by the projector.
• Set the computer's display resolution to the native resolution of the projector (1920 × 1200).
331
• Make sure the computer's display resolution does not exceed the projector's resolution and frequency limit. If necessary, select a different display resolution for your computer. (See your computer manual for details.)
• As a test, try setting the computer's display resolution to the lowest possible setting, and then gradually increase it as necessary.
• Check the input resolution under
Projector Info
in the
Info
menu and make sure that the projector supports that resolution.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Solutions When Only a Partial Image Appears
If only a partial computer image appears, try the following solutions:
• Make sure the
Resolution
setting in the Signal menu is set correctly to for the input signal.
• Try adjusting the image position using the
Position
menu setting.
• Press the
Aspect
button on the remote control to select a different image aspect ratio.
• If you zoomed into or out of the image using the
E-Zoom
buttons, press the
Esc
button until the projector returns to a full display.
• Check your computer display settings to disable dual display and set the resolution within the projector's limits. (See your computer manual for details.)
• Check the resolution assigned to your presentation files to see if they are created for a different resolution than you are projecting in. (See your software help for details.)
• Make sure you selected the correct
Projection
setting.
• Try adjusting the image position using the
Image Shift
setting.
• If you are passing the video signal through another device, make sure the device is set up correctly, then try connecting the video source directly to the projector.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Related tasks
Zooming Into and Out of Images
Changing the Image Aspect Ratio
332
Solutions When the Image is Not Rectangular
If the projected image is not evenly rectangular, try the following solutions:
• If the projector is not mounted on the wall or ceiling, place it directly in front of the center of the screen, facing it squarely, if possible.
• Use the
Image Shift
setting to adjust the image position, rather than moving the projector.
• Adjust the image shape using the
Geometry Correction
menu settings.
Note:
Adjusting
Quick Corner
,
H/V-Keystone
, and
Arc Correction
settings may affect focus and pen calibration.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related tasks
Correcting Image Shape with the Keystone Buttons
Correcting Image Shape with Quick Corner
Correcting Image Shape with Arc Correction
Solutions When the Image Contains Noise or Static
If the projected image seems to contain electronic interference (noise) or static, try the following solutions:
• Check the cables connecting your computer or video source to the projector. They should be:
• Separated from the power cord to prevent interference
• Securely connected at both ends
• Not connected to an extension cable
• No longer than 10 feet (3 m) for VGA/computer cables or 24 feet (7.3 m) for HDMI cables
• Check the settings on the projector's Signal menu to make sure they match the video source. If available for your video source, adjust the
Deinterlacing
and
Noise Reduction
settings.
• Select
Auto
as the Resolution setting in the Signal menu.
• Select a computer video resolution and refresh rate that are compatible with the projector.
• If you are projecting from a computer using a VGA cable, press the
Auto
button on the remote control to automatically adjust the tracking and sync. If the problem remains, display a uniformly patterned image on the screen and manually adjust the
Tracking
and
Sync
settings.
333
• If you adjusted the image shape using the projector controls, try decreasing the
Sharpness
setting to improve image quality.
• If you connected an extension power cable, try projecting without it to see if it caused interference in the signal.
• If you are using the USB Display function, turn off the
Transfer layered window
setting in the Epson
USB Display Settings program on your computer.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Supported Video Display Formats
Related topics
Connecting to Computer Sources
Solutions When the Image is Fuzzy or Blurry
If the projected image is fuzzy or blurry, try the following solutions:
• Adjust the image focus.
• Clean the projection window.
Note:
To avoid condensation on the lens after bringing the projector in from a cold environment, let the projector warm up to room temperature before using it.
• Position the projector close enough to the screen, and directly in front of it.
• Position the projector so the keystone adjustment angle is not so wide that it distorts the image.
• Adjust the
Sharpness
setting to improve image quality.
• If you are projecting from a computer using a VGA cable, press the
Auto
button on the remote control to automatically adjust the tracking and sync. If any bands or overall blurriness remain, display a uniformly patterned image on the screen and manually adjust the
Tracking
and
Sync
settings.
• If you are projecting from a computer, use a lower resolution.
• Turn off any keystone correction, and disable the
Quick Corner
and
Arc Correction
settings.
• Make sure the screen is flat.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
334
Related references
Image Quality Settings - Image Menu
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Related tasks
Solutions When the Image Brightness or Colors are Incorrect
If the projected image is too dark or light, or the colors are incorrect, try the following solutions:
• Press the
Color Mode
button on the remote control to try different color modes for the image and environment.
• Check your video source settings.
• Adjust the available settings on the Image menu for the current input source, such as
Brightness
,
Contrast
,
Tint
,
Color Temp.
, and/or
Color Saturation
.
• Make sure you selected the correct
Input Signal
or
Video Signal
setting on the Signal menu, if available for your image source.
• Make sure you selected the correct
Gamma
or
RGBCMY
setting in the Image menu.
• Make sure all the cables are securely connected to the projector and your video device. If you connected long cables, try connecting shorter cables.
• If you are using the
ECO
Power Consumption setting, try selecting
Normal
in the projector's menus.
Note:
At high altitudes or locations subject to high temperatures, the image may become darker and you may not be able to adjust the Power Consumption setting.
• Position the projector close enough to the screen.
• If the image has been progressively darkening, you may need to replace the projector lamp soon.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - ECO Menu
Image Quality Settings - Image Menu
Input Signal Settings - Signal Menu
Related topics
Connecting to Computer Sources
335
Solutions to Sound Problems
If there is no sound when you expect it or the volume is too low or high, try the following solutions:
• Adjust the projector's volume settings.
• Press the
A/V Mute
button on the remote control to resume video and audio if they were temporarily stopped.
• Press the
Source Search
button to switch to the correct input source, if necessary.
• Check your computer or video source to make sure the volume is turned up and the audio output is set for the correct source.
• Try disconnecting and reconnecting the audio cable.
• Check the audio cable connections between the projector and your video source.
• If you do not hear sound from an HDMI source, set the connected device to PCM output.
• Make sure any connected audio cables are labeled "No Resistance".
• If you are using the USB Display function, turn on the
Output audio from the projector
setting in the
Epson USB Display Settings program on your computer.
• If you are using a Mac and you do not hear sound from an HDMI source, make sure your Mac supports audio through the HDMI port. If not, you need to connect an audio cable.
• If you want to use a connected audio source when the projector is off, set the
Standby Mode
option to
Communication On
and make sure the
A/V Settings
options are set correctly.
• If the volume for the computer is set to the minimum while the projector's volume is set to maximum, the noise may be mixed. Turn up the computer's volume and decrease the projector's volume.
• Make sure the
A/V Settings
options are set up correctly and the
Audio Out
setting is set to
Auto
.
• If you turn the projector on immediately after turning it off, the cooling fans may run at high speed momentarily and cause an unexpected noise. This is normal.
Parent topic:
Solving Image or Sound Problems
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - ECO Menu
Related tasks
Shutting Off the Picture and Sound Temporarily
336
Solving Projector or Remote Control Operation Problems
Check the solutions in these sections if you have problems operating the projector or remote control.
Solutions to Projector Power or Shut-Off Problems
Solutions to Problems with the Remote Control
Solutions to Password Problems
Parent topic:
Solutions to Projector Power or Shut-Off Problems
If the projector does not come on when you press the power button or it shuts off unexpectedly, try the following solutions:
• Make sure the power cord is securely connected to the projector and to a working electrical outlet.
• The projector's buttons may be locked for security. Unlock the buttons or use the remote control to turn on the projector.
• If the projector's lamp shuts off unexpectedly, it may have entered standby mode after a period of inactivity. Press the power button to wake the projector and adjust the
Sleep Mode Timer
setting to change the sleep interval. The
A/V Mute Timer
may be set. Set the
A/V Mute Timer
to
Off
in the ECO menu.
• If the projector's lamp shuts off, the Status light is flashing, and the Temp light is on, the projector has overheated and shut off. Check the solutions for this light status.
• If the power button on the remote control does not turn on the projector, check its batteries and make sure the
Remote Receiver
setting is turned on in the projector's menu, if available.
• The power cord may be defective. Disconnect the cord and contact Epson.
• Temporarily remove the Ethernet cable and see if the problem continues.
Parent topic:
Solving Projector or Remote Control Operation Problems
Related references
Projector Feature Settings - Settings Menu
Related tasks
Unlocking the Projector's Buttons
337
Solutions to Problems with the Remote Control
If the projector does not respond to remote control commands, try the following solutions:
• Check that the remote control batteries are installed correctly and have power. If necessary, replace the batteries.
• Make sure you are operating the remote control within the reception angle and range of the projector.
• Make sure the projector is not warming up or shutting down.
• Check to see if a button on the remote control is stuck down, causing it to enter sleep mode. Release the button to wake the remote control up.
• Strong fluorescent lighting, direct sunlight, or infrared device signals may be interfering with the projector's remote receivers. Dim the lights or move the projector away from the sun or interfering equipment.
• If available, turn off one of the remote receivers in the projector's menu system, or check if all the remote receivers were turned off.
• If you assigned an ID number to the remote control to operate multiple projectors, you may need to check or change the ID setting (feature not available with all projectors).
• If you lose the remote control, you can purchase another from an authorized Epson reseller.
Parent topic:
Solving Projector or Remote Control Operation Problems
Related references
Related tasks
Replacing the Remote Control Batteries
Solutions to Password Problems
If you cannot enter or remember a password, try the following solutions:
• You may have turned on password protection without first setting a password. Try entering
0000
using the remote control.
• If you have entered an incorrect password too many times and see a message displaying a request code, write down the code and contact Epson. Do not attempt to enter the password again. Provide the request code and proof of ownership for assistance in unlocking the projector.
• If you set a Web Control password and forgot the user ID or password, try entering the following:
• User ID:
EPSONWEB
• Default password:
admin
338
• If you set a Remote password (in Epson Web Control) and forgot the user ID or password, try entering the following:
• User ID:
EPSONREMOTE
• Default password:
guest
• If you lose the remote control, you cannot enter a password. Order a new one from Epson.
Parent topic:
Solving Projector or Remote Control Operation Problems
Related concepts
Solving Network Problems
Check the solutions in these sections if you have problems using the projector on a network.
Solutions When Wireless Authentication Fails
Solutions When Network Alert E-Mails are Not Received
Solutions When You Cannot Access the Projector Through the Web
Solutions When the Image Contains Static During Network Projection
Solutions When You Cannot Connect Using Screen Mirroring
Solutions When the Image or Sound Contains Static When Using Screen Mirroring
Parent topic:
Solutions When Wireless Authentication Fails
If you cannot authenticate a wireless connection, try the following solutions:
• If the wireless settings are correct, but authentication fails, you may need to update the
Date & Time
settings on the Extended menu, if available.
• Make sure the
Wireless LAN Power
setting is set to
On
.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Network Settings - Network Menu
339
Solutions When Network Alert E-Mails are Not Received
If you do not receive an e-mail alerting you to problems with a projector over the network, try the following solutions:
• Make sure the projector is turned on and connected to the network correctly. (If an error shut down the projector, it cannot send an e-mail.)
• Make sure you set up the projector e-mail alert settings correctly on the projector's network Mail menu or in the network software.
• Set the
Standby Mode
setting to
Communication On
so the network software can monitor the projector in standby mode.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Setting Up Projector Network E-Mail Alerts
Solutions When You Cannot Access the Projector Through the Web
If you are unable to access the projector through a web browser, make sure you are using the correct ID and password, which are case sensitive.
Note:
You cannot change the user ID.
• To display the Web Control screen, enter
EPSONWEB
as the user ID, and enter the password set in the projector's Network menu as the password. The default password is
admin
.
• To display the Web Remote screen, enter
EPSONREMOTE
as the user ID and enter the password set in the projector's Network menu as the password. The default password is
guest
.
• Make sure you have access to the network the projector is on.
Note:
The user ID and password are case sensitive.
Parent topic:
Solutions When the Image Contains Static During Network Projection
If the projected image contains static during network projection, try the following solutions:
• Check for any obstacles between the access point, the computer, the mobile device, and the projector.
If necessary, change their positions to improve communication. Also, make sure that they are not too far apart. Move them closer together and try to connect again.
340
• If the wireless connection is slow or your projected image contains noise, check for interference from other equipment, such as a Bluetooth device or microwave. Move the interfering device farther away or expand your wireless bandwidth.
• If the connection speed declines, reduce the number of connected devices.
Parent topic:
Solutions When You Cannot Connect Using Screen Mirroring
If you are unable to connect to the projector using Screen Mirroring , try the following solutions:
• Select
On
as the
Screen Mirroring
setting in the projector's Network menu.
• Make sure the
Display Name
setting does not contain a dash ("-") or it may not be displayed correctly on the mobile device.
• Select
Off
as the
Screen Mirroring
setting, then select
On
again.
• Make sure no other mobile device is connected to the projector.
• Make sure the mobile device settings are correct and restart the device.
• You may not be able to connect immediately after disconnecting from the projector. Wait a while and try connecting again.
• If you have previously connected to the projector using Screen Mirroring, the device may have saved the previous connection information. Delete the saved information and connect to the projector from the list of available devices.
Parent topic:
Solutions When the Image or Sound Contains Static When Using Screen Mirroring
If the projected image or sound contains static when connecting using Screen Mirroring, try the following solutions:
• Avoid covering the Wi-Fi antenna of the mobile device.
• If you use a Screen Mirroring connection and an internet connection at the same time, the image may freeze or contain noise. Disconnect from the internet to improve the connection speed of the mobile device.
• Make sure the projection contents meet the Screen Mirroring requirements.
• Depending on the settings of the mobile device, the connection may be lost when the device enters power saving mode. Check the power saving settings on the mobile device.
• Make sure your mobile device has the latest version of its wireless driver and firmware installed.
341
Parent topic:
Solving Interactive Problems
Check the solutions in these sections if you have problems using the interactive system.
Solutions When "Error Occurred in the Easy Interactive Function" Message Appears
Solutions When the Interactive Pens Do Not Work
Solutions When the Interactive Pen Position Is Not Accurate
Solutions When Manual Calibration Does Not Work
Solutions When the Interactive Pens Are Slow or Difficult to Use
Solutions When the Interactive Pens Cause Interference or Unwanted Effects
Solutions When Finger Touch Interactivity Does Not Work
Solutions for Problems With Capturing, Printing, Saving, or Scanning
Solutions When Inking Does Not Appear in Microsoft Office
Solutions When the Pen Does Not Work Over a Network or the Toolbars Do Not Appear
Solutions for Problems with a Shared Whiteboard
Solutions When the Time is Incorrect in Whiteboard Settings
Parent topic:
Solutions When "Error Occurred in the Easy Interactive Function" Message Appears
If the "Error occurred in the Easy Interactive Function" message appears, contact Epson for help.
Parent topic:
Solutions When the Interactive Pens Do Not Work
If the interactive pens do not work, try the following solutions:
• The pens turn off automatically when not in use. Pick up the pen to turn it back on.
• Make sure you are not covering the black section near the tip of the pen.
• Make sure the pen tip is securely attached to the pen.
• If the pen tip is worn out, dirty, or damaged, you may need to replace it.
• Try replacing the soft pen tip with the hard pen tip.
• Make sure nothing is blocking the signal between the pen and the interactive pen receiver on the projector.
• Try holding the pen at a different angle so that your hand is not blocking the signal.
342
• Make sure the cable cover is in place to keep cables from blocking the signal.
• Make sure the pen battery has enough power. Press the button on the side of the pen to check remaining battery power. Try replacing the battery.
• If you are projecting from a computer, make sure the USB cable is connected to the computer and projector.
• Dim the room lights and turn off any fluorescent lights. Make sure the projection surface and pen receiver are not in direct sunlight or other sources of bright lighting.
• Remove any decorative lights from around the projector or projection surface.
• Make sure the interactive pen receiver on the projector is clean and free from dust.
• Make sure there is no interference from infrared remote controls, mice, or infrared microphones.
• Make sure the
USB Type B
option on the Extended menu is set to
Easy Interactive Function
or
USB
Display/Easy Interactive Function
.
• Make sure you have calibrated the system. Try recalibrating.
• Make sure the
Pen Mode
and
Pen Operation Mode
settings are set correctly in the
Easy Interactive
Function
options on the Extended menu.
• If you are using multiple interactive projectors in the same room, make sure you are using a sync cable between the projectors and that the
Easy Interactive Function
>
Advanced
>
Sync of
Projectors
setting in the Extended menu is set to
Wired
.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Installing Batteries in the Pens
Solutions When the Interactive Pen Position Is Not Accurate
If the pen position is not the same as the mouse pointer, try the following solutions:
• Make sure you have calibrated the system. Try manual calibration.
• Make sure the cable cover is in place to keep cables from blocking the signal.
• Try adjusting the pen operation area.
• Turn off any keystone correction and disable the
Quick Corner
and
Arc Correction
settings.
• If you use the
E-Zoom +
button on the remote control to enlarge the image, the pen position is not accurate. When you return the image to the original size, the position should be correct.
343
• In PC Interactive mode (in the
Extended
>
Advanced
menu), turn off the
Auto Adjust Pen Area
setting and select the
Manual Adj. Pen Area
setting. (USB cable required)
• Try changing the computer's resolution to 1920 × 1200.
• Select
Reset All Config
from the Reset menu to restore the projector settings to their default values.
Parent topic:
Related concepts
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Related tasks
Zooming Into and Out of Images
Removing and Attaching the Cable Cover
Adjusting the Pen Operation Area
Solutions When Manual Calibration Does Not Work
If you are having trouble calibrating manually, try the following solutions:
• If the circle does not move to the next position, or it moves automatically, dim or turn off any bright lights near the projection surface.
• Make sure the projector is not too close to the projection surface.
• Select
Reset All Config
from the Reset menu to restore the projector settings to their default values.
Parent topic:
Solutions When the Interactive Pens Are Slow or Difficult to Use
If the pens are difficult to use or respond too slowly, try the following solutions:
• For easier operation, hold the pen perpendicular to the projection surface.
• For the best performance, connect your computer to the projector using a VGA or HDMI cable for display and the USB cable for interactivity.
• If you are using USB Display in Windows, you may need to disable Windows Aero in the Epson USB
Display Settings program on your computer.
• If you are having difficulty double-clicking on a Mac, go to the
System Preferences
menu, select
Mouse
,
Trackpad
, or
Mouse & Trackpad
, and reduce the
Double-click speed
.
344
• Set the
Extended
>
Easy Interactive Function
>
Hovering
setting to
Off
.
Parent topic:
Related tasks
Solutions When the Interactive Pens Cause Interference or Unwanted Effects
If the pens are causing interference or unwanted effects, try the following solutions:
• When you use two pens at the same time, make sure to use them at least 4 inches (10.16 cm) apart.
• Do not rest the pens on the image area of an interactive table to avoid interference with your computer's mouse.
• Make sure that nothing is blocking the direct line to the infrared site on the projector.
• Turn off hovering.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Solutions When Finger Touch Interactivity Does Not Work
If finger touch interactivity does not work, try the following solutions:
• Make sure the Touch Unit is installed correctly and the power cable is properly connected. See your projector's
Touch Unit and Control Pad Installation Guide
for details.
• If the light on the Touch Unit is not on, check the
Touch Unit Setup
settings in the
Easy Interactive
Function
option on the Extended menu and make sure the
Power
setting is set to
On
.
• Adjust the angle on the Touch Unit. See your projector's
Touch Unit and Control Pad Installation
Guide
for details.
• Make sure there are no obstacles (such as cables) between the Touch Unit's laser diffusion ports and the projection surface.
• Remove any decorative lights from around the projector or projection surface.
• If you are having difficulty double-clicking on a Mac, go to the
System Preferences
menu, select
Mouse
,
Trackpad
, or
Mouse & Trackpad
, and reduce the
Double-click speed
.
• Make sure there is no interference from infrared remote controls, mice, or infrared microphones.
• Make sure you have performed pen calibration and finger touch calibration. Try recalibrating.
345
• Keep your clothing or parts of your body more than 0.4 inches (1 cm) away from the projection surface.
• If touch operation does not work correctly even after calibration, press the icon on the Home screen and check the
Calibration Range
setting. Select
Wide
if you drag items when touching the screen or
Narrow
if mouse operations do not work smoothly.
Parent topic:
Related concepts
Related tasks
Calibrating for Finger Touch Interactivity
Solutions for Problems With Capturing, Printing, Saving, or Scanning
If you are having trouble capturing and pasting, or printing, saving, or scanning, try the following solutions:
• If you start a process using one of the pens, you must complete it using the pen. If you start using the remote control or control pad, you must complete the process using the remote control or control pad.
• If you are having trouble pasting a captured image, make sure the image is not HDCP protected.
• If a black frame appears around a pasted image, it may be because the image was shifted or resized.
• Connect only one printer or multifunction device at a time, and make sure the device is supported by the projector. Scanning and USB printing are only supported by Epson multifunction devices.
• If you are having trouble printing or scanning, make sure the printer is not out of ink, jammed, or in any other error state.
• For USB printing or scanning, make sure a USB cable is connected between the projector's
USB-A
port and the
USB-B
port on the control pad. Make sure another USB cable is connected between the
Printer
port on the control pad and the printer itself.
• For USB printing or scanning, try connecting a different USB cable, and make sure the cables are less than 16 feet (4.9 m) long.
• Check the
Whiteboard Settings
on the Extended menu.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
346
Related tasks
Connecting a Printer to the Control Pad
Solutions When Inking Does Not Appear in Microsoft Office
If
Start Inking
does not appear on the Review tab in your Microsoft Office application, change the
Pen
Operation Mode
setting.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Solutions When the Pen Does Not Work Over a Network or the Toolbars Do Not Appear
If you are having trouble using the pen with a network connection, or the toolbars do not appear on your projected image, try the following solutions:
• If you are using Easy MP Multi PC Projection software, select
Set Options
and make sure
Use
Interactive Pen
is enabled. Also, select the
Adjust performance
tab and select
Transfer layered window
.
Parent topic:
Solutions for Problems with a Shared Whiteboard
If you are having problems with a shared whiteboard, try the following solutions:
• Connect the projector to the same network as the projector that is sharing its whiteboard.
• If you enter the wrong PIN code 10 times in 10 minutes, you cannot connect to the whiteboard for three minutes. Try again after three minutes.
• Make sure
Sharing
is displayed on the status bar. If it is not displayed, re-connect to the shared whiteboard.
• If you cannot share the whiteboard, you can save it to a device by selecting the Save icon on the projector control toolbar and using the
Distribute to Participants
feature.
Parent topic:
Solutions When the Time is Incorrect in Whiteboard Settings
If the time is incorrect on the internal storage settings for whiteboard mode, you may need to update the
Date & Time
settings in the projector's Extended menu.
Parent topic:
347
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Where to Get Help
If you need to contact Epson for technical support services, use the following support options.
Internet Support
Visit Epson's support website at epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product for solutions to common problems with your projector. You can download utilities and documentation, get FAQs and troubleshooting advice, or e-mail
Epson with your questions.
Speak to a Support Representative
To use the Epson PrivateLine Support service, call (800) 637-7661. This service is available for the duration of your warranty period. You may also speak with a projector support specialist by dialing (562)
276-4394 (U.S.) or (905) 709-3839 (Canada).
Support hours are 6 AM to 8 PM, Pacific Time, Monday through Friday and 7 AM to 4 PM, Pacific Time,
Saturday.
Days and hours of support are subject to change without notice. Toll or long distance charges may apply.
Before you call, have the following information ready:
• Product name
• Product serial number (located on the bottom or rear of the projector, or in the menu system)
• Proof of purchase (such as a store receipt) and date of purchase
• Computer or video configuration
• Description of the problem
Purchase Supplies and Accessories
You can purchase screens, other optional accessories, and replacement parts from an Epson authorized reseller. To find the nearest reseller, call 800-GO-EPSON (800-463-7766) in the U.S. or 800-807-7766 in
Canada. Or you can purchase online at epsonstore.com
(U.S. sales) or epsonstore.ca
(Canadian sales).
To purchase a replacement remote control, call (562) 276-4394 (U.S.) or (905) 709-3839 (for dealer referral in Canada).
Parent topic:
348
Related references
349
Technical Specifications
These sections list the technical specifications of your projector.
General Projector Specifications
Interactive Pen Specifications
Projector Dimension Specifications
Projector Electrical Specifications
Projector Environmental Specifications
USB Display System Requirements
Projector Safety and Approvals Specifications
Supported Video Display Formats
General Projector Specifications
Type of display
Resolution
Lens
Color reproduction
Brightness
Poly-silicon TFT active matrix
1920 × 1200 pixels (WUXGA)
F=1.6
Focal length: 4.2 mm
Full color, up to 1.07 billion colors
Normal Power Consumption mode:
White light output 4400 lumens (ISO 21118 standard)
Color light output 4400 lumens
ECO Power Consumption mode:
White light output 2900 lumens (ISO 21118 standard)
Note:
Color brightness (color light output) and white brightness
(white light output) will vary depending on usage conditions. Color light output measured in accordance with IDMS 15.4; white light output measured in accordance with ISO 21118.
350
Contrast ratio
16000:1 with Dynamic Color Mode, Normal Power Consumption mode, Wide Zoom, and Auto Iris on
70 inches (1.78 m) to 100 inches (2.54 m)
Image size
(in native aspect ratio)
Projection distance
(in native aspect ratio)
Projection methods
Optical aspect ratio
(width-to-height)
Focus adjustment
Zoom adjustment
15.9 inches (0.41 m) to 23.3 inches (0.59 m)
Front, rear, wall-mounted, table-mounted, ceiling-mounted
16:10
Manual
Digital
1.0 to 1.35
Zoom ratio
(Tele-to-Wide)
Internal sound system
Noise level
16 W monaural
38 dB (Normal Power Consumption mode)
30 dB (ECO Power Consumption mode)
Keystone correction angle
± 3º
USB Type B port compatibility
USB 2.0 compliant for USB display, external mouse or keyboard control, interactive, or saving data file to PC via USB cable
USB Type A port compatibility
Two 2.0 compliant ports for USB memory device, printer, Epson document camera, firmware update, or copying menu settings
Parent topic:
Projector Lamp Specifications
Type
Power consumption
UHE (Ultra High Efficiency)
300 W
351
Lamp life
Normal Power Consumption mode:
Up to about 5000 hours
ECO Power Consumption mode:
Up to about 10000 hours
Note:
Turn off this product when not in use to prolong the life of the projector. Lamp life will vary depending upon mode selected, environmental conditions, and usage. Brightness decreases over time.
Parent topic:
Interactive Pen Specifications
Batteries
Size
Weight
(without batteries)
One AA alkaline
6.3 inches (161 mm) long; diameter 0.94 inches (24 mm)
1.06 oz (30 g)
Parent topic:
Touch Unit Specifications
Technology
Dimensions
Weight
Infrared Laser (Class 1)
Height: 3.7 inches (95 mm)
Width: 8.3 inches (210 mm)
Depth: 2 inches (51 mm)
15.9 oz (450 g)
Parent topic:
Remote Control Specifications
Reception range
Batteries
19.7 feet (6 m)
Two alkaline or manganese AA
352
Parent topic:
Projector Dimension Specifications
Height
(excluding feet)
Width
Depth
Weight
5.1 inches (130 mm)
18.7 inches (474 mm)
17.6 inches (447 mm)
18.7 lb (8.5 kg)
Parent topic:
Projector Electrical Specifications
Rated frequency
Power supply
Power consumption
(100 to 120 V)
Power consumption
(220 to 240 V)
50/60 Hz
100 to 240 VAC ±10%
4.8 to 2.1 A
Operating:
Normal Power Consumption mode: 477 W
ECO Power Consumption mode: 366 W
Standby:
0.22 W (Communication Off), 2.9 W (Communication On)
Operating:
Normal Power Consumption mode: 467 W
ECO Power Consumption mode: 364 W
Standby:
0.32 W (Communication Off), 3.0 W (Communication On)
Parent topic:
353
Projector Environmental Specifications
Temperature
Humidity
(relative, noncondensing)
Operating altitude
Operating - Single projector:
Up to 7500 ft (2286 m): 41 to 104 °F (5 to 40 °C)
7500 ft (2286 m) to 9843 ft (3000 m): 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Operating - Multiple projectors:
Up to 7500 ft (2286 m): 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
7500 ft (2286 m) to 9843 ft (3000 m): 41 to 86 °F (5 to 30 °C)
Storage:
14 to 140 °F (–10 to 60 °C)
Operating: 20 to 80%
Storage: 10 to 90%
Up to 4921 feet (1500 m)
Up to 9843 ft (3000 m) with High Altitude Mode enabled
Parent topic:
USB Display System Requirements
Your computer system must meet the system requirements here to use the projector's USB Display software.
354
Requirement
Operating system
CPU
Memory
Hard disk space
Display
Windows
Windows Vista Ultimate, Enterprise,
Business, Home Premium, and Home
Basic (32-bit)
Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise,
Professional, and Home Premium (32and 64-bit); Home Basic and Starter (32bit)
Windows 8.x, Pro, and Enterprise (32and 64-bit)
Windows 10 Home, Pro, and Enterprise
(32- and 64-bit)
Mac
OS X 10.7.x (32- and 64-bit), 10.8.x,
10.9.x, 10.10.x, 10.11.x (64-bit), and macOS 10.12.x
Intel Core2 Duo or faster (Intel Core i3 or faster recommended)
2GB or more (4GB or more recommended)
20MB or more
Intel Core2 Duo or faster (Intel Core i5 or faster recommended)
Resolution between 640 × 480 and 1920 × 1200, 16-bit color or greater
Note:
Operation is not guaranteed for Windows Vista without any installed service packs or with
Windows Vista Service Pack 1.
Parent topic:
Related references
Projector Setup Settings - Extended Menu
Projector Safety and Approvals Specifications
United States
Canada
FCC Part 15 Class B
UL60950-1 2nd edition (cTUVus Mark)
ICES-003 Class B
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-07 (cTUVus Mark)
Parent topic:
355
Supported Video Display Formats
For best results, your computer's monitor port or video card resolution should be set to display in the projector's native resolution. However, your projector includes Epson's SizeWise chip that supports other computer display resolutions, so your image will be resized to fit automatically.
Your computer's monitor port or video card refresh rate (vertical frequency) must be compatible with the projector. (See your computer or video card manual for details.)
The table here lists the compatible refresh rate and resolution for each compatible video display format.
Display format
Computer signals (analog RGB)
Refresh rate (in Hz)
VGA
SVGA
60/72/75/85
60/72/75/85
XGA
WXGA
60/70/75/85
60
60
60/75/85
WXGA+
WXGA++
SXGA
SXGA+
WSXGA+*
UXGA
WUXGA (Reduced Blanking)
Composite video
TV (NTSC)
TV (SECAM)
TV (PAL)
60/75/85
60
70/75/85
60/75/85
60/75/85
60/75
60
60
60
60
50
50/60
Resolution (in pixels)
640 × 480
800 × 600
1024 × 768
1280 × 768
1366 × 768
1280 × 800
1440 × 900
1600 × 900
1152 × 864
1280 × 1024
1280 × 960
1400 × 1050
1680 × 1050
1600 × 1200
1920 × 1200
720 × 480
720 × 576
720 × 576
356
Display format
Component video
SDTV (480i/480p)
SDTV (576i/576p)
HDTV (720p)
HDTV (1080i)
HDMI input signals
VGA
SVGA
XGA
WXGA
WXGA+
WXGA++
WSXGA+
SXGA
SXGA+
UXGA
WUXGA (Reduced Blanking)
SDTV (480i/480p)
SDTV (576i/576p)
HDTV (720p)
HDTV (1080i)
HDTV (1080p)
MHL input signals
VGA
Refresh rate (in Hz)
60
50
50/60
50/60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
50
50/60
50/60
24/30/50/60
60
357
Resolution (in pixels)
720 × 480
720 × 576
1280 × 720
1920 × 1080
640 × 480
800 × 600
1024 × 768
1280 × 800
1366 × 768
1440 × 900
1600 × 900
1680 × 1050
1280 × 960
1280 × 1024
1400 × 1050
1600 × 1200
1920 × 1080
720 × 480
720 × 576
1280 × 720
1920 × 1080
1920 × 1080
640 × 480
Display format
SDTV (480i/480p)
SDTV (576i/576p)
HDTV (720p)
HDTV (1080i)
HDTV (1080p)
*
Wide
resolution only
Parent topic:
Refresh rate (in Hz)
60
50
50/60
50/60
24/30
Resolution (in pixels)
720 × 480
720 × 576
1280 × 720
1920 × 1080
1920 × 1080
358
Notices
Check these sections for important notices about your projector.
List of Safety Symbols (corresponding to IEC60950-1 A2)
Binding Arbitration and Class Waiver
Recycling
Epson offers a recycling program for end of life products. Please go to this site for information on how to return your products for proper disposal.
Parent topic:
Important Safety Information
Caution:
Never look into the projector lens when the lamp is turned on; the bright light can damage your eyes. Never let children look into the lens when it is on. Never open any cover on the projector, except the lamp and filter covers. Dangerous electrical voltages inside the projector can severely injure you.
Except as specifically explained in this
User's Guide
, do not attempt to service this product yourself.
Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
Warning:
The projector and its accessories come packaged in plastic bags. Keep plastic bags away from small children to avoid any risk of suffocation.
Caution:
When you replace the lamp, never touch the new lamp with your bare hands; the invisible residue left by the oil on your hands may shorten the lamp life. Use a cloth or glove to handle the new lamp.
Parent topic:
359
Important Safety Instructions
Follow these safety instructions when setting up and using the projector:
• Do not look into the lens when the projector is on. The bright light can damage your eyes. Avoid standing in front of the projector so the bright light does not shine into your eyes.
• Do not place your hand or any object near the projection window. The high temperature of this area could cause burns, fire, or other damage.
• Do not place the projector on an unstable cart, stand, or table.
• Do not operate the projector on its side, or while tilted to one side. Do not tilt the projector more than 3° forward or back.
• If the projector is mounted on a ceiling or wall, it should be installed by qualified technicians using mounting hardware designed for use with this projector.
• When installing or adjusting a ceiling or wall mount, do not use adhesives to prevent the screws from loosening and do not use oils or lubricants. This may cause the projector case to crack and the projector to fall from its ceiling mount. This could cause serious injury to anyone under the mount and could damage the projector.
• Do not use the projector near water, sources of heat, high-voltage electrical wires, or sources of magnetic fields.
• Use the type of power source indicated on the projector. Use of a different power source may result in fire or electric shock. If you are not sure of the power available, consult your dealer or power company.
• Place the projector near a wall outlet where the plug can be easily unplugged.
• Take the following precautions when handling the plug: Do not hold the plug with wet hands. Do not insert the plug into a dusty outlet. Insert the plug firmly into the outlet. Do not pull the power cord when disconnecting the plug; always be sure to hold the plug when disconnecting it. Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or power strips. Failure to comply with these precautions could result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not place the projector where the cord can be walked on. This may result in fraying or damage to the plug.
• Unplug the projector from the wall outlet and allow to cool before cleaning. Use a dry cloth (or, for stubborn dirt or stains, a moist cloth that has been wrung dry) for cleaning. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners, any sprays containing flammable gas, or solvents such as alcohol, paint thinner, or benzine.
• Do not block the slots and openings in the projector case. They provide ventilation and prevent the projector from overheating. Do not operate the projector on a sofa, rug, or other soft surface, or set it on top of loose papers. Do not cover the projector with a blanket, curtain, or tablecloth. If you are
360
setting up the projector near a wall, leave at least 7.9 inches (20 cm) of space between the wall and the projector.
• Do not operate the projector in a closed-in cabinet unless proper ventilation is provided.
• Never allow objects of any kind to enter any openings in the projector. Do not leave objects, especially flammable objects, near the projector. Never spill liquid of any kind into the projector.
• If you are using two or more projectors side-by-side, leave at least 2 feet (60 cm) of space between the projectors to allow for proper ventilation.
• You may need to clean the air filter and vent. A clogged air filter or vent can block ventilation needed to cool the projector. Do not use canned air, or the gases may leave a residue.
• Do not store the projector outdoors for an extended length of time.
• Except as specifically explained in this manual, do not attempt to service this product yourself. Refer all servicing to qualified personnel. Opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltages and other hazards.
• Never open any covers on the projector except as specifically explained in this manual. Never attempt to disassemble or modify the projector. Refer all repairs to qualified service personnel.
• Unplug the projector from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: if it does not operate normally when you follow the operating instructions, or exhibits a distinct change in performance; if smoke, strange odors, or strange noises come from the projector; if the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed; if liquid or foreign objects get inside the projector, or if it has been exposed to rain or water; if it has been dropped or the housing has been damaged.
• Do not touch the plug during an electrical storm. Otherwise, you may receive an electric shock.
• Unplug the projector when it will not be used for extended periods.
• Do not use the projector where it may be exposed to rain, water, or excessive humidity.
• Do not use or store the projector where it may be exposed to smoke, steam, corrosive gases, excessive dust, vibration, or shock.
• Do not use the projector where flammable or explosive gases may be present.
• Do not use or store the projector or remote control in a hot location, such as near a heater, in direct sunlight, or in a closed vehicle.
• If you use the projector in a country other than where you purchased it, use the correct power cord for that country.
• Do not stand on the projector or place heavy objects on it.
• Do not use the projector outside of the required temperature range below:
361
41 to 104 °F (5 to 40 °C) at an altitude of 7500 feet (2286 m) or less, or 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C) at an altitude of 7503 to 9842 feet (2287 m to 3000 m)
When using multiple projectors at the same time:
41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C) at an altitude of 7500 feet (2286 m) or less, or 41 to 86 °F (5 to 30 °C) at an altitude of 7503 to 9842 feet (2287 m to 3000 m)
Doing so may cause an unstable display and could lead to projector damage. Do not use or store the projector where it may be exposed to sudden changes in temperature.
• Do not store the projector outside of the required temperature range of 14 to 140 °F (–10 to 60 °C) or in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Doing so may cause damage to the case.
• Do not place anything that can become warped or damaged by heat near the exhaust vents. Do not bring your hands or face close to the vents while projection is in progress. Do not bring your face close to the projector while it is in use.
• Before you move the projector, make sure its power is turned off, the plug is disconnected from the outlet, and all cables are disconnected.
• Never try to remove the lamp immediately after use because it will be extremely hot. Before removing the lamp, turn off the power and wait at least an hour to allow the lamp to cool completely.
• Do not disassemble the lamp or subject it to impacts.
• Do not place the source of an open flame, such as a lit candle, on or near the projector.
• Do not block the lens during projection using a book or any other object. This could damage the projector or cause a fire.
• Do not modify the power cord. Do not place heavy objects on top of the power cord or bend, twist, or pull it excessively. Keep the power cord away from hot electrical appliances.
• If the lamp breaks, ventilate the room to prevent gases contained in the lamp from being inhaled or coming in contact with your eyes or mouth. If you do inhale gases or gases come in contact with your eyes or mouth, seek medical advice immediately.
• If the projector is mounted overhead and the lamp breaks, be careful to prevent pieces of glass from falling into your eyes or mouth when you open the lamp cover. If pieces of glass do get into your eyes or mouth, seek medical advice immediately.
• Always lower the volume before turning off the projector. Turning on the projector with the volume too high can damage your ears.
• Do not store the interactive pens or the batteries in a hot location, such as near a heater, in direct sunlight, or in a closed vehicle.
• Remove the batteries from the interactive pens if you will not be using the pens for a long time.
362
Note:
The lamp(s) in this product contain mercury. Please consult your state and local regulations regarding disposal or recycling. Do not put in the trash.
WARNING
: The cords included with this product contain chemicals, including lead, known to the State of
California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling.
(This notice is provided in accordance with Proposition 65 in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 25249.5 and following.)
Parent topic:
Restriction of Use
When this product is used for applications requiring high reliability/safety such as transportation devices related to aviation, rail, marine, automotive; disaster prevention devices; various safety devices; or functional/precision devices, you should use this product only after giving consideration to including failsafes and redundancies into your design to maintain safety and total system reliability.
Because this product was not intended for use in applications requiring extremely high reliability/safety such as aerospace equipment, main communication equipment, nuclear power control equipment, or medical equipment related to direct medical care, please make your own judgment on this product's suitability after a full evaluation.
Parent topic:
List of Safety Symbols (corresponding to IEC60950-1 A2)
The following table lists the meaning of the safety symbols labeled on the equipment.
No.
1
Symbol Approved Standards
IEC60417
No.5007
Description
"ON" (power)
To indicate connection to the mains.
2 IEC60417
No.5008
"OFF" (power)
To indicate disconnection from the mains.
363
4
5
6
7
8
No.
3
Symbol
9
Approved Standards
IEC60417
No.5009
ISO7000
No.0434B,
IEC3864-B3.1
IEC60417
No.5041
IEC60417
No.6042
ISO3864-B3.6
IEC60417
No.5957
IEC60417
No.5926
—
Description
Stand-by
To identify the switch or switch position by means of which part of the equipment is switched on in order to bring it into the stand-by condition.
Caution
To identify general caution when using the product.
Caution, hot surface
To indicate that the marked item can be hot and should not be touched without taking care.
Caution, risk of electric shock
To identify equipment that has risk of electric shock.
For indoor use only
To identify electrical equipment designed primarily for indoor use.
Polarity of DC power connector
To identify the positive and negative connections (the polarity) on a piece of equipment to which a DC power supply may be connected.
Polarity of DC power connector
To identify the positive and negative connections (the polarity) on a piece of equipment to which a DC. power supply may be connected.
364
14
15
16
No.
10
Symbol
11
12
13
Approved Standards
IEC60417
No.5001B
IEC60417
No.5002
—
IEC60417
No.5019
IEC60417
No.5017
IEC60417
No.5032
IEC60417
No.5031
Description
Battery, general
On battery powered equipment. To identify a device for instance a cover for the battery compartment, or the connector terminals.
Positioning of cell
To identify the battery holder itself and to identify the positioning of the cell(s) inside the battery holder.
Positioning of cell
To identify the battery holder itself and to identify the positioning of the cell(s) inside the battery holder.
Protective earth
To identify any terminal which is intended for connection to an external conductor for protection against electric shock in case of a fault, or the terminal of a protective earth electrode.
Earth
To identify an earth (ground) terminal in cases where neither the symbol No.13 is explicitly required.
Alternating current
To indicate on the rating plate that the equipment is suitable for alternating current only; to identify relevant terminals.
Direct current
To indicate on the rating plate that the equipment is suitable for direct current only; to identify relevant terminals.
365
No.
17
Symbol
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Approved Standards
IEC60417
No.5172
ISO 3864
ISO 3864
—
—
ISO3864
IEC60825-1
ISO 3864
IEC60417
No. 5266
Description
Class II equipment
To identify equipment meeting the safety requirements specified for Class II equipment according to IEC 61140.
General prohibition
To identify actions or operations that are prohibited.
Contact prohibition
To indicate injury that could occur due to touching a specific part of the equipment.
Never look into the optical lens while the projector is on.
To indicate that the marked item don’t place anything on projector.
Caution, laser radiation
To indicate the equipment has a laser radiation part.
Disassembly prohibition
To indicate a risk of injury, such as electric shock, if the equipment is disassembled.
Standby, partial standby
To indicate that part of the equipment is in the ready status.
366
No.
25
Symbol Approved Standards
ISO3864
IEC60417
No. 5057
Description
Caution, movable parts
To indicate that you must keep away from movable parts according to protection standards.
Parent topic:
FCC Compliance Statement
For United States Users
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause interference to radio and television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
WARNING
The connection of a non-shielded equipment interface cable to this equipment will invalidate the FCC
Certification or Declaration of this device and may cause interference levels which exceed the limits established by the FCC for this equipment. It is the responsibility of the user to obtain and use a shielded equipment interface cable with this device. If this equipment has more than one interface connector, do not leave cables connected to unused interfaces. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canadian Users
CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)
Parent topic:
367
Open Source Software License
GNU GPL
This projector product includes the open source software programs which apply the GNU GENERAL
PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 ("GPL Programs").
We provide the source code of the GPL Programs until five (5) years after the discontinuation of same model of this projector product.
If you desire to receive the source code of the GPL Programs, contact Epson.
These GPL Programs are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
The list of GPL Programs is as follows and the names of author are described in the source code of the
GPL Programs
The list of GPL Programs
• busybox-1.21.0
• iptables-1.4.20
• linux-3.4.49
• patches
• udhcp 0.9.8
• wireless_tools 29
• dbus-1.6.18
• EPSON original drivers
• Stonestreet One Drivers
• mtd-utils-1.5.0
• nfs-utils-1.3.0
• coreboot
• acl
• attr
• base-files
• base-passwd
368
• bash
• bc
• busybox
• coreutils
• cpio
• dbus-1
• dosfstools
• e2fsprogs
• ed
• ethtool
• fbset
• findutils
• flashrom
• fuse-utils
• fuser
• gawk
• gawk-common
• grep
• init-ifupdown
• initscripts
• iproute2
• iptables
• iputils
• kbd
• kernel-3.10.62-ltsi-wr6.0.0.29-standard
• keymaps
• killall
• kmod
369
• libcap2
• libpam
• libpci3
• logrotate
• mingetty
• net-tools
• netbase
• nfs-utils-client
• procps
• psmisc
• pstree
• sed
• sysklogd
• sysvinit
• sysvinit-inittab
• sysvinit-pidof
• tar
• time
• udev
• udev-cache
• udev-utils
• update-alternatives-cworth
• update-rc.d
• usbutils
• usbutils-ids
• util-linux
• which
• x11-common
370
• xserver-nodm-init
• xtscal
• linux-2.6.32 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• u-boot-2011.06 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• busybox-1.19.4 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• wireless_tools.29 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• backports-3.10.4-1 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• wifi driver (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
The GNU General Public License Version 2 is as follows. You also can see the GNU General Public
License Version 2 at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public
License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
371
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND
MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the
Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
372
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
373
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program
(or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason
(not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all.
For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this
License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have
374
made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this
License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this
License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.
Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE,
YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
375
DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES
OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH
HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301
USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY
NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General
Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and
`show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a
"copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
376
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License.
GNU LGPL
This projector product includes the open source software programs which apply the GNU LIBRARY
GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 or GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999 ("LGPL Programs").
We provide the source code of the LGPL Programs until five (5) years after the discontinuation of same model of this projector product.
If you desire to receive the source code of the LGPL Programs, please contact Epson.
These LGPL Programs are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
The list of LGPL Programs is as follows and the names of author are described in the source code of the
LGPL Programs.
LGPL Programs
• SDL-1.2.15
• SDL-Image
• alsa-lib-1.0.27.2
• libdbus-c++-0.9.0
• grencode-3.4.2
• libnl-3.2.24
• glibc-2.17
• ibusb-1.0.19
• podofo v0.91
• eglibc-binary-localedata-en-us.utf8
377
• eglibc-gconv
• eglibc-gconv-utf-16
• libacl1
• libattr1
• libblkid1
• libc6
• libcairo2
• libe2p2
• libext2fs2
• libfuse2
• libgcrypt11
• libglib-2.0-0
• libgpg-error0
• libkmod2
• libmount1
• libqtcore4
• libqtdbus4
• libqtgui4
• libqtnetwork4
• libqtopengl4
• libqtsql4
• libqtsvg4
• libqttest4
• libqtxml4
• libsdl-1.2-0
• libts-1.0-0
• libudev0
• libulockmgr1
378
• libusb-0.1-4
• libusb-1.0-0
• locale-base-en-us.utf8
• qt4-plugin-imageformat-gif
• qt4-x11-free
• tslib-conf
• libiconv-1.14 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
The GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 is as follows. You also can see the GNU Lesser
General Public License Version 2 at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/ .
GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some specially designated Free Software
Foundation software, and to any other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for your libraries, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
379
source code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is the same as in the ordinary license.
The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public
License treats it as such.
Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this will lead to faster development of free libraries.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only works together with the library.
Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary General Public License rather than by this special one.
380
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you
381
must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General
Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
382
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the
Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the
Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things: a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable
"work that uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution.
383
c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the
Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this
License.
384
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason
(not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this
License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this
License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Library General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this
License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the
Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
385
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE
LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE,
YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE
THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA
BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH
HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General
Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) year name of author
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library
General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Library General Public License for more details.
386
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a
"copyright disclaimer" for the library, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library
Public License, version 2, hence the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.
You can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary
General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these things.
387
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library.
Also, if the library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License.
This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General
Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The
Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
388
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in nonfree programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING,
DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
389
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in these notices.
390
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General
Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the
Library by being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the
Library and its use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
391
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things: a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable
"work that uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions.) b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that
(1) uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above.
392
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the
Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this
License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason
(not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this
License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this
License.
393
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General
Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this
License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
Library does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the
Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE
LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE,
YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE
THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA
BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH
HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
394
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General
Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser
General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301
USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a
"copyright disclaimer" for the library, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
libjpeg
This projector product includes the open source software program "libjpeg" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "libjpeg".
The "libjpeg" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
395
List of libjpeg programs
• libjpeg-6b
• libjpeg-8b (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"libjpeg" are as follows.
Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane. This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
This distribution contains the sixth public release of the Independent JPEG Group's free JPEG software.
You are welcome to redistribute this software and to use it for any purpose, subject to the conditions under LEGAL ISSUES, below.
LEGAL ISSUES
============
In plain English:
1. We don't promise that this software works. (But if you find any bugs, please let us know!)
2. You can use this software for whatever you want. You don't have to pay us.
3. You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it in a program, you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you've used the IJG code.
In legalese:
The authors make NO WARRANTY or representation, either express or implied, with respect to this software, its quality, accuracy, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. This software is provided "AS IS", and you, its user, assume the entire risk as to its quality and accuracy.
This software is copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane. All Rights Reserved except as specified below.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software (or portions thereof) for any purpose, without fee, subject to these conditions:
(1) If any part of the source code for this software is distributed, then this README file must be included, with this copyright and no-warranty notice unaltered; and any additions, deletions, or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation.
(2) If only executable code is distributed, then the accompanying documentation must state that "this software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group".
(3) Permission for use of this software is granted only if the user accepts full responsibility for any undesirable consequences; the authors accept NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind.
396
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the IJG code, not just to the unmodified library. If you use our work, you ought to acknowledge us.
Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author's name or company name in advertising or publicity relating to this software or products derived from it. This software may be referred to only as
"the Independent JPEG Group's software".
We specifically permit and encourage the use of this software as the basis of commercial products, provided that all warranty or liability claims are assumed by the product vendor.
ansi2knr.c is included in this distribution by permission of L. Peter Deutsch, sole proprietor of its copyright holder, Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park, CA. ansi2knr.c is NOT covered by the above copyright and conditions, but instead by the usual distribution terms of the Free Software Foundation; principally, that you must include source code if you redistribute it. (See the file ansi2knr.c for full details.)
However, since ansi2knr.c is not needed as part of any program generated from the IJG code, this does not limit you more than the foregoing paragraphs do.
The Unix configuration script "configure" was produced with GNU Autoconf. It is copyright by the Free
Software Foundation but is freely distributable. The same holds for its supporting scripts (config.guess, config.sub, ltconfig, ltmain.sh). Another support script, install-sh, is copyright by M.I.T. but is also freely distributable.
It appears that the arithmetic coding option of the JPEG spec is covered by patents owned by IBM,
AT&T, and Mitsubishi. Hence arithmetic coding cannot legally be used without obtaining one or more licenses. For this reason, support for arithmetic coding has been removed from the free JPEG software.
(Since arithmetic coding provides only a marginal gain over the unpatented Huffman mode, it is unlikely that very many implementations will support it.) So far as we are aware, there are no patent restrictions on the remaining code.
The IJG distribution formerly included code to read and write GIF files. To avoid entanglement with the
Unisys LZW patent, GIF reading support has been removed altogether, and the GIF writer has been simplified to produce "uncompressed GIFs". This technique does not use the LZW algorithm; the resulting GIF files are larger than usual, but are readable by all standard GIF decoders.
We are required to state that "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of
CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated."
libpng
This projector product includes the open source software program "libpng" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "libpng".
The "libpng" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
397
List of libpng programs
• libpng-1.2.49
• libpng-1.6.3
• libpng-1.2.44 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "libpng" are as follows.
This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience. In case of any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following this sentence.
This code is released under the libpng license.
libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.2.49, March 29, 2012, are Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-
2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors
Cosmin Truta libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5 - October 3, 2002, are Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn
Randers-Pehrson, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors
Simon-Pierre Cadieux
Eric S. Raymond
Gilles Vollant and with the following additions to the disclaimer:
There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the library or against infringement.
There is no warranty that our efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with the user.
libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Glenn
Randers-Pehrson, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96, with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
Tom Lane
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
Willem van Schaik
398
libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger
Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88, with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors:
John Bowler
Kevin Bracey
Sam Bushell
Magnus Holmgren
Greg Roelofs
Tom Tanner libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors" is defined as the following set of individuals:
Andreas Dilger
Dave Martindale
Guy Eric Schalnat
Paul Schmidt
Tim Wegner
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the
PNG Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source.
3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution.
The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use this source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be appreciated.
399
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about" boxes and the like: printf("%s",png_get_copyright(NULL));
Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg
(88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software. OSI Certified Open Source is a certification mark of the
Open Source Initiative.
Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
March 29, 2012
zlib
This projector product includes the open source software program "zlib" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "zlib".
The "zlib" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of zlib programs
• zlib-1.1.4
• zlib-1.2.5 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• minizip 1.01e
• libz1
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "zlib" are as follows.
Copyright notice:
(C) 1995-1998 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
400
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly [email protected]
Mark Adler [email protected]
If you use the zlib library in a product, we would appreciate *not* receiving lengthy legal documents to sign. The sources are provided for free but without warranty of any kind. The library has been entirely written by Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler; it does not include third-party code.
If you redistribute modified sources, we would appreciate that you include in the file ChangeLog history information documenting your changes.
aes-src-29-04-09
This projector product includes the open source software program "aes-src-29-04-09" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "aes-src-29-04-09".
The "aes-src-29-04-09" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of aes-src-29-04-09 programs
• aes-src-29-04-09
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the “aessrc-29-04-09” are as follows.
Copyright (c) 1998-2008, Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
LICENSE TERMS
The redistribution and use of this software (with or without changes) is allowed without the payment of fees or royalties provided that:
1. source code distributions include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer;
2. binary distributions include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in their documentation;.
3. the name of the copyright holder is not used to endorse products built using this software without specific written permission.
401
DISCLAIMER
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties in respect of its properties, including, but not limited to, correctness and/or fitness for purpose.
newlib
This projector product includes the open source software program "newlib" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "newlib".
The "newlib" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of newlib programs
• newlib 1.17.0
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "newlib" are as follows.
The newlib subdirectory is a collection of software from several sources.
Each file may have its own copyright/license that is embedded in the source file. Unless otherwise noted in the body of the source file(s), the following copyright notices will apply to the contents of the newlib subdirectory:
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2007 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at http://www.opensource.org/licenses . Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
402
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(3) David M. Gay (AT&T 1991, Lucent 1998)
The author of this software is David M. Gay.
Copyright (c) 1991 by AT&T.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR AT&T MAKES ANY
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF
THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-----------
The author of this software is David M. Gay.
Copyright (C) 1998-2001 by Lucent Technologies
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Lucent or any of its entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL LUCENT OR
403
ANY OF ITS ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
(4) Advanced Micro Devices
Copyright 1989, 1990 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
This software is the property of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc (AMD) which specifically grants the user the right to modify, use and distribute this software provided this notice is not removed or altered. All other rights are reserved by AMD.
AMD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT SHALL AMD BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING FROM THE FURNISHING, PERFORMANCE, OR
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
So that all may benefit from your experience, please report any problems or suggestions about this software to the 29K Technical Support Center at 800-29-29-AMD (800-292-9263) in the USA, or 0800-
89-1131 in the UK, or 0031-11-1129 in Japan, toll free. The direct dial number is 512-462-4118.
Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
29K Support Products
Mail Stop 573
5900 E. Ben White Blvd.
Austin, TX 78741
800-292-9263
(5) C.W. Sandmann
Copyright (C) 1993 C.W. Sandmann
This file may be freely distributed as long as the author's name remains.
(6) Eric Backus
(C) Copyright 1992 Eric Backus
This software may be used freely so long as this copyright notice is left intact. There is no warrantee on this software.
(7) Sun Microsystems
Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
404
Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business. Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved.
(8) Hewlett Packard
(c) Copyright 1986 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
To anyone who acknowledges that this file is provided "AS IS" without any express or implied warranty: permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this file for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice and this notice appears in all copies, and that the name of
Hewlett-Packard Company not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Hewlett-Packard Company makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
(9) Hans-Peter Nilsson
Copyright (C) 2001 Hans-Peter Nilsson
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is freely granted, provided that the above copyright notice, this notice and the following disclaimer are preserved with no changes.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(11) Christopher G. Demetriou
Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
405
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(12) SuperH, Inc.
Copyright 2002 SuperH, Inc. All rights reserved
This software is the property of SuperH, Inc (SuperH) which specifically grants the user the right to modify, use and distribute this software provided this notice is not removed or altered. All other rights are reserved by SuperH.
SUPERH MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SUPERH BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING FROM THE FURNISHING,
PERFORMANCE, OR USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
So that all may benefit from your experience, please report any problems or suggestions about this software to the SuperH Support Center via e-mail at [email protected].
SuperH, Inc.
405 River Oaks Parkway
San Jose
CA 95134
USA
(13) Royal Institute of Technology
Copyright (c) 1999 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden).
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of KTH nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
406
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY KTH AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL KTH OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(14) Alexey Zelkin
Copyright (c) 2000, 2001 Alexey Zelkin <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(15) Andrey A. Chernov
Copyright (C) 1997 by Andrey A. Chernov, Moscow, Russia.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
407
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(16) FreeBSD
Copyright (c) 1997-2002 FreeBSD Project.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(17) S. L. Moshier
Author: S. L. Moshier.
408
Copyright (c) 1984,2000 S.L. Moshier
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR
ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(18) Citrus Project
Copyright (c)1999 Citrus Project,
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(19) Todd C. Miller
Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
409
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
(20) DJ Delorie (i386)
Copyright (C) 1991 DJ Delorie
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms is permitted provided that the above copyright notice and following paragraph are duplicated in all such forms.
This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(23) Intel (i960)
Copyright (c) 1993 Intel Corporation
Intel hereby grants you permission to copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation.
Intel grants this permission provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. In addition, Intel grants this permission provided that you prominently mark as "not part of the original" any modifications made to this software or documentation, and that the name of Intel Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software or the documentation without specific, written prior permission.
Intel Corporation provides this AS IS, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Intel makes no guarantee or representations regarding the use of, or the results of the use of, the software and documentation in terms of correctness, accuracy, reliability, currentness, or otherwise; and you rely on the software, documentation and results solely at your own risk.
410
IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. IN
NO EVENT SHALL INTEL'S TOTAL LIABILITY EXCEED THE SUM PAID TO INTEL FOR THE
PRODUCT LICENSED HEREUNDER.
(26) Mike Barcroft
Copyright (c) 2001 Mike Barcroft <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(27) Konstantin Chuguev (--enable-newlib-iconv)
Copyright (c) 1999, 2000
Konstantin Chuguev. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
411
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
iconv (Charset Conversion Library) v2.0
(28) Artem Bityuckiy (--enable-newlib-iconv)
Copyright (c) 2003, Artem B. Bityuckiy, SoftMine Corporation. Rights transferred to Franklin Electronic
Publishers.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(30) - Alex Tatmanjants (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (c) 1995 Alex Tatmanjants <[email protected]> at Electronni Visti IA, Kiev, Ukraine.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
412
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(31) - M. Warner Losh (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (c) 1998, M. Warner Losh <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(32) - Andrey A. Chernov (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (C) 1996 by Andrey A. Chernov, Moscow, Russia.
413
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(33) - Daniel Eischen (targets using libc/posix)
Copyright (c) 2001 Daniel Eischen <[email protected]>.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
414
(35) - ARM Ltd (arm and thumb variant targets only)
Copyright (c) 2009 ARM Ltd
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the company may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ARM LTD "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL ARM LTD BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(36) - CodeSourcery, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2009 CodeSourcery, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of CodeSourcery nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CODESOURCERY, INC. "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
415
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL CODESOURCERY BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(37) MIPS Technologies, Inc
/*
* Copyright (c) 2009 MIPS Technologies, Inc.
* All rights reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* * Neither the name of MIPS Technologies Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
MIT License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "MIT License".
416
The "MIT License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "MIT
License" are as follows.
• jquery-1.7.2.min.js
• jquery-ui-1.8.20
• jquery.ui.touch-punch.js
• jquery.upload-1.0.2.min.js
• jquery-1.11.3.min.js
• jquery-ui-1.11.4
Copyright (c) 2012 jQuery Foundation and other contributors, http://jquery.com/
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libxml2 2.9.2
Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Daniel Veillard. All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is fur- nished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
417
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FIT-
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
• fontconfig-utils
• libfontconfig1 fontconfig/COPYING
Copyright © 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2007 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2005 Patrick Lam
Copyright © 2009 Roozbeh Pournader
Copyright © 2008,2009 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright © 2008 Danilo Šegan
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the author(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The authors make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• formfactor
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
418
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libcom-err2
* Copyright 1987 by MIT Student Information Processing Board
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the
M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
• libdmx1
Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT
AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libdricore9.2.0-1
• libegl-mesa
• libgbm1
419
• libgl-mesa
• libglapi0
• mesa
• mesa-driver-i915
• mesa-driver-i965
Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Brian Paul All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitatio the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libdrm-intel1
• libdrm2
* Copyright 1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
* Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc., Sunnyvale, California.
* All Rights Reserved.
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
420
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION
INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libexpat1
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd and Clark Cooper
Copyright (c) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Expat maintainers.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libffi6 libffi - Copyright (c) 1996-2012 Anthony Green, Red Hat, Inc and others.
See source files for details.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
421
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libfontenc1
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 by Juliusz Chroboczek
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libice6
Copyright 1993, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Author: Ralph Mor, X Consortium
• libncurses5
422
• libncursesw5
• libtinfo5
• ncurses
• ncurses-terminfo-base
/*****************************************************************************
* Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
* Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization.
*****************************************************************************/
/*****************************************************************************
*Author: Thomas E. Dickey <[email protected]> 1999
*****************************************************************************/
• os-release
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
423
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libpciaccess0
(C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2006, 2007
(C) Copyright Eric Anholt 2006
(C) Copyright Mark Kettenis 2011
(C) Copyright Robert Millan 2012
Copyright (c) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013 Oracle and/or its affiliates.
Copyright 2009, 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM AND/OR
THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2008 Juan Romero Pardines
Copyright (c) 2008, 2011 Mark Kettenis
Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Lorenz
424
Copyright (c) 2009, 2012 Samuel Thibault
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (C) 2000 The XFree86 Project, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE XFREE86
PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the XFree86 Project.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2007 Paulo R. Zanoni, Tiago Vignatti
Copyright (c) 2009 Tiago Vignatti
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
425
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libpixman-1-0
The following is the MIT license, agreed upon by most contributors.
Copyright holders of new code should use this license statement where possible. They may also add themselves to the list below.
/*
* Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
* Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 Digital Equipment Corporation
* Copyright 1999, 2004, 2008 Keith Packard
* Copyright 2000 SuSE, Inc.
* Copyright 2000 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Red Hat, Inc.
* Copyright 2004 Nicholas Miell
* Copyright 2005 Lars Knoll & Zack Rusin, Trolltech
* Copyright 2005 Trolltech AS
* Copyright 2007 Luca Barbato
* Copyright 2008 Aaron Plattner, NVIDIA Corporation
* Copyright 2008 Rodrigo Kumpera
* Copyright 2008 André Tupinambá
* Copyright 2008 Mozilla Corporation
* Copyright 2008 Frederic Plourde
* Copyright 2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
426
* Copyright 2009, 2010 Nokia Corporation
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
• libpopt0
Copyright (c) 1998 Red Hat Software
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
• libss2
* Copyright 1987, 1988 by MIT Student Information Processing Board
427
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the
M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
* This quote is just too good to not pass on:
* "BTW, I would have rejected the name Story Server because its initials are SS, the name of the secret police in Nazi Germany, probably the most despised pair of letters in western culture." --http://scriptingnewsarchive.userland.com/1999/12/13
* Let no one say political correctness isn't dead....
• libsm6
Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitatio the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1993, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
428
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
• libx11-6
• libx11-xcb1
The following is the 'standard copyright' agreed upon by most contributors, and is currently the canonical license preferred by the X.Org Foundation. This is a slight variant of the common MIT license form published by the Open Source Initiative at http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php
Copyright holders of new code should use this license statement where possible, and insert their name to this list. Please sort by surname for people, and by the full name for other entities (e.g. Juliusz
Chroboczek sorts before Intel Corporation sorts before Daniel Stone).
See each individual source file or directory for the license that applies to that file.
Copyright (C) 2003-2006,2008 Jamey Sharp, Josh Triplett
Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright 1990-1992,1999,2000,2004,2009,2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates.
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
The following licenses are 'legacy' - usually MIT/X11 licenses with the name of the copyright holder(s) in the license statement:
429
Copyright 1984-1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1994, 1996 X Consortium
Copyright 2000 The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
430
Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation
Portions Copyright 1990, 1991 by Tektronix, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that the names of Digital and
Tektronix not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining to this documentation without specific, written prior permission. Digital and Tektronix makes no representations about the suitability of this documentation for any purpose. It is provided "as is'' without express or implied warranty.
----------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREE
SOFTWARE FOUNDATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Free Software Foundation shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the Free Software Foundation.
----------------------------------------
Code and supporting documentation (c) Copyright 1990 1991 Tektronix, Inc.
All Rights Reserved
This file is a component of an X Window System-specific implementation of Xcms based on the
TekColor Color Management System. TekColor is a trademark of Tektronix, Inc. The term "TekHVC" designates a particular color space that is the subject of U.S. Patent No. 4,985,853 (equivalent foreign patents pending). Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, sell, and otherwise distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee, provided that:
431
1. This copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice is reproduced in all copies of this software and any modification thereof and in supporting documentation;
2. Any color-handling application which displays TekHVC color cooordinates identifies these as TekHVC color coordinates in any interface that displays these coordinates and in any associated documentation;
3. The term "TekHVC" is always used, and is only used, in association with the mathematical derivations of the TekHVC Color Space, including those provided in this file and any equivalent pathways and mathematical derivations, regardless of digital (e.g., floating point or integer) representation.
Tektronix makes no representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
"as is" and with all faults.
TEKTRONIX DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN
NO EVENT SHALL TEKTRONIX BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR THE PERFORMANCE OF
THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
(c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED
This is source code modified by FUJITSU LIMITED under the Joint Development Agreement for the
CDE/Motif PST.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1992 by Oki Technosystems Laboratory, Inc.
Copyright 1992 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Oki Technosystems Laboratory and Fuji Xerox not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Oki Technosystems Laboratory and
Fuji Xerox make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
"as is" without express or implied warranty.
OKI TECHNOSYSTEMS LABORATORY AND FUJI XEROX DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OKI TECHNOSYSTEMS LABORATORY AND FUJI XEROX BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
432
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. FUJITSU LIMITED makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU
LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1995 David E. Wexelblat. All rights reserved
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL DAVID E.
WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of David E. Wexelblat shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from David E. Wexelblat.
----------------------------------------
433
Copyright 1990, 1991 by OMRON Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
OMRON not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. OMRON makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTUOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation
Portions Copyright 1990, 1991 by Tektronix, Inc
Rewritten for X.org by Chris Lee <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. Chris Lee makes no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the information in this document. It is provided \`\`as-is'' without express or implied warranty.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
Copyright 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Copyright 1994 by Sony Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, FUJITSU LIMITED and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL, FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION BE
434
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Open Software Foundation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Open Software Foundation makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATIONN BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992,1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Copyright 1993, 1994 by Sony Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. FUJITSU LIMITED and Sony
Corporation makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
"as is" without express or implied warranty.
FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED OR SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
435
----------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1993, 1995 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific prior written permission. Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without any express or implied warranty.
SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Copyright 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. FUJITSU LIMITED and
Digital Equipment Corporation makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU LIMITED AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1992, 1993 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Copyright 1993 by Fujitsu Open Systems Solutions, Inc.
436
Copyright 1994 by Sony Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED, Fujitsu Open Systems Solutions, Inc. and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
FUJITSU LIMITED, Fujitsu Open Systems Solutions, Inc. and Sony Corporation make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
FUJITSU LIMITED, FUJITSU OPEN SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SONY CORPORATION
DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU OPEN
SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS, INC., FUJITSU LIMITED AND SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990, 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1993 by SunSoft, Inc.
Copyright 1999-2000 by Bruno Haible
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both
437
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of SunSoft, Inc. and Bruno Haible not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. SunSoft, Inc. and Bruno Haible make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SunSoft Inc. AND Bruno Haible DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL SunSoft, Inc. OR Bruno Haible BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation
Copyright 1993 by the TOSHIBA Corp.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Open Software Foundation and TOSHIBA not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Open Software Foundation and
TOSHIBA make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
"as is" without express or implied warranty.
OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION AND TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATIONN OR TOSHIBA BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1988 by Wyse Technology, Inc., San Jose, Ca.,
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
438
Wyse not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
WYSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation
Copyright 1993, 1994 by the Sony Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Open Software Foundation and Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Open Software Foundation and
Sony Corporation make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION AND SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATIONN OR SONY
CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1992, 1993 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Copyright 1993 by Fujitsu Open Systems Solutions, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of FUJITSU LIMITED and Fujitsu Open Systems Solutions, Inc. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. FUJITSU LIMITED and
Fujitsu Open Systems Solutions, Inc. makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
439
FUJITSU LIMITED AND FUJITSU OPEN SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS, INC. DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL FUJITSU OPEN SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS,
INC. AND FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1993, 1994 by Sony Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Sony Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Sony Corporation makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SONY CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1986, 1998 The Open Group
Copyright (c) 2000 The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
CONSORTIUM OR THE XFREE86 PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
440
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium or of the XFree86 Project shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium and the XFree86 Project.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1990, 1991 by OMRON Corporation, NTT Software Corporation, and Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone Corporation
Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation
Copyright 1993 by the FUJITSU LIMITED
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of OMRON, NTT Software, NTT, and Open Software Foundation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. OMRON, NTT
Software, NTT, and Open Software Foundation make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, NTT, AND OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, NTT, OR
OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1988 by Wyse Technology, Inc., San Jose, Ca,
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
441
DIGITAL AND WYSE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL DIGITAL OR WYSE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1991, 1992 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 by FUJITSU LIMITED
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Fuji Xerox, FUJITSU LIMITED not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Fuji Xerox, FUJITSU LIMITED make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
FUJI XEROX, FUJITSU LIMITED DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL FUJI XEROX, FUJITSU LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 2006 Josh Triplett
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
442
CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
(c) Copyright 1996 by Sebastien Marineau and Holger Veit
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL HOLGER VEIT
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Sebastien Marineau or Holger Veit shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Holger Veit or Sebastien Marineau.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1990, 1991 by OMRON Corporation, NTT Software Corporation, and Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone Corporation
Copyright 1991 by the Open Software Foundation
Copyright 1993 by the TOSHIBA Corp.
Copyright 1993, 1994 by Sony Corporation
Copyright 1993, 1994 by the FUJITSU LIMITED
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of OMRON, NTT Software, NTT, Open Software Foundation, and Sony Corporation not be used in
443
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
OMRON, NTT Software, NTT, Open Software Foundation, and Sony Corporation make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, NTT, OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION, AND SONY CORPORATION
DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON, NTT
SOFTWARE, NTT, OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION, OR SONY CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR
ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 2000 by Bruno Haible
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Bruno Haible not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Bruno Haible makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
Bruno Haible DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL Bruno Haible
BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
444
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2007-2009, Troy D. Hanson
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1992, 1993 by TOSHIBA Corp.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of TOSHIBA not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. TOSHIBA make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
TOSHIBA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL TOSHIBA BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
445
Copyright IBM Corporation 1993
All Rights Reserved
License to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of IBM not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
IBM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD
PARTY RIGHTS, IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------
Copyright 1990, 1991 by OMRON Corporation, NTT Software Corporation, and Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of OMRON, NTT Software, and NTT not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. OMRON, NTT Software, and NTT make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, AND NTT, DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, OR NTT, BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• libxau6
Copyright 1988, 1993, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
446
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
• libxcalibrate0
* Copyright © 2003 Philip Blundell
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Philip Blundell not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Philip Blundell makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
* PHILIP BLUNDELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL PHILIP BLUNDELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
• libxcb-dri2-0
• libxcb-glx0
• libxcb-render0
• libxcb-shape0
• libxcb-shm0
• libxcb-xfixes0
• libxcb1
Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Bart Massey, Jamey Sharp, and Josh Triplett.
447
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the names of the authors or their institutions shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the authors.
• libxcomposite1
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2006, 2007, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
448
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libxcursor1
Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
• libxdamage1
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2007 Eric Anholt
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
449
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
• libxdmcp6
Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Author: Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium
• libxext6
Copyright 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
450
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright (c) 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital Equipment Corporation.
Copyright (c) 1997 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific prior written permission. Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without any express or implied warranty.
SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1992 Network Computing Devices
451
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of NCD. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. NCD. makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
NCD. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL NCD. BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1991,1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts, and Olivetti Research
Limited, Cambridge, England.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or Olivetti not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL AND OLIVETTI DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1986, 1987, 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
Hewlett-Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
This software is not subject to any license of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company or of the
Regents of the University of California.
452
Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT-
PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Hewlett-Packard Company shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Copyright Digital Equipment Corporation, 1996
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. Digital Equipment Corporation makes no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the information in this document. This documentation is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
Copyright (c) 1999, 2005, 2006, 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
453
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1989 X Consortium, Inc. and Digital Equipment Corporation.
Copyright (c) 1992 X Consortium, Inc. and Intergraph Corporation.
Copyright (c) 1993 X Consortium, Inc. and Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 X Consortium, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
Digital Equipment Corporation, Intergraph Corporation, Silicon Graphics, Hewlett-Packard, and the X
Consortium make no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the information in this document. This documentation is provided "as is'' without express or implied warranty.
• libxfixes3
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
454
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libxfont1
/* lib/font/fontfile/gunzip.c
written by Mark Eichin <[email protected]> September 1996.
intended for inclusion in X11 public releases. */
Copyright (c) 1999 The XFree86 Project Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The XFree86 Project Inc. shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The XFree86 Project Inc.
• libxft2
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
455
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc
Copyright (c) 2008, 2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1997 by Mark Leisher
Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by Juliusz Chroboczek
Copyright (c) 1998 Go Watanabe, All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1998 Kazushi (Jam) Marukawa, All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1998 Takuya SHIOZAKI, All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1998 X-TrueType Server Project, All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 2003-2004 After X-TT Project, All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
456
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1999 SuSE, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
457
of SuSE not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990 Network Computing Devices
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Network Computing Devices not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Network Computing Devices makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
NETWORK COMPUTING DEVICES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL NETWORK COMPUTING DEVICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990 Network Computing Devices
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Network Computing Devices, or Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
NETWORK COMPUTING DEVICES, AND DIGITAL AND DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL NETWORK COMPUTING DEVICES, OR DIGITAL BE LIABLE
FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
458
[Note: clause 3 in the following license, the "advertising clause", was rescinded by Berkeley in 1999. See
<ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change>]
Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement: This product includes software developed by the University of California, Berkeley and its contributors.
4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Shunsuke Akiyama <[email protected]>. All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1998-1999 X-TrueType Server Project, All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
459
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright © 2004 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
• libxi6
Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
460
Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2008 Peter Hutterer
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the author shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the author.
Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
461
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• libxinerama1
Copyright (c) 2007, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2003 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
462
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital Equipment Corporation.
• libxkbfile1
Copyright (c) 1994-1996 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific prior written permission. Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without any express or implied warranty.
SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
463
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• libxmuu1
Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
464
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-----------
Xmu/StrToBmap.c and Xmu/GrayPixmap.c also have:
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-----------
And Xmu/Clip.c has:
Copyright (c) 1998 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
465
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE XFREE86
PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the XFree86 Project.
• libxrandr2
Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright © 2002 Hewlett Packard Company, Inc.
Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• libxrender1
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
466
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• libxtst6
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
467
of SuSE not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• libxxf86dga1
Copyright (c) 1995 Jon Tombs
Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 The XFree86 Project, Inc
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is fur- nished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FIT-
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
XFREE86 PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CON-
NECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the XFree86 Project.
• libxxf86misc1
Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 The XFree86 Project, Inc
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicence, and/or sell copies
468
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE XFREE86
PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the XFree86 Project.
• libxxf86vm1
Copyright (c) 1995 Kaleb S. KEITHLEY
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL Kaleb S.
KEITHLEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Kaleb S. KEITHLEY shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Kaleb S. KEITHLEY.
• mtdev mtdev - Multitouch Protocol Translation Library (MIT license)
Copyright (C) 2010 Henrik Rydberg <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2010 Canonical Ltd.
469
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• pointercal
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• rgb
Copyright 1985, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
470
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright (c) 1994, 2008, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• run-postinsts
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• shadow-securetty
471
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• wr-init
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• xdpyinfo
Copyright 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Copyright 2005 Hitachi, Ltd.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
472
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
• xf86-input-evdev
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Copyright 2002 by SuSE Linux AG, Author: Egbert Eich
Copyright 1994-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright 2002 by Paul Elliott
Copyright © 2008 University of South Australia
Copyright 2008 by Chris Salch
Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the authors not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The authors make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE AUTHORS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
473
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2005 Adam Jackson.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ADAM JACKSON
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• xf86-input-keyboard
Code common to all operating systems is covered by these notices:
Copyright (c) 1992-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright 1997 by Metro Link, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
474
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Thomas Roell and David Dawes not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THOMAS ROELL AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Code for BSD operating systems is additionally covered by this notice:
Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Dawes not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Rich Murphey and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
475
RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Code for the GNU Hurd operating system is additionally covered by this notice:
Copyright 1997,1998 by UCHIYAMA Yasushi
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of UCHIYAMA Yasushi not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. UCHIYAMA Yasushi makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
UCHIYAMA YASUSHI DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL UCHIYAMA YASUSHI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Code for Linux operating systems is additionally covered by these notices:
Based on the code from lnx_io.c which is
Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
476
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Portions based on kbdrate.c from util-linux 2.9t, which is Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith. Distributed under the GPL. This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
Code for SCO operating systems is additionally covered by these notices:
Copyright 2003, 2005 by J. Kean Johnston <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
J. Kean Johnston not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. J. Kean Johnston makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
J. KEAN JOHNSTON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL J. KEAN JOHNSTON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Based on lnx_kbd.c which is
Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
477
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Code for Solaris operating systems is additionally covered by these notices:
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Copyright 1999 by David Holland <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Thomas Roell, David Dawes, and David Holland not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell, David Dawes, and
David Holland make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THOMAS ROELL, DAVID DAWES, AND DAVID HOLLAND DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL, DAVID DAWES, OR DAVID HOLLAND BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2004-2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• xf86-input-mouse
478
Copyright (c) 2004-2005, 2008-2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Copyright 2002 by SuSE Linux AG, Author: Egbert Eich
Copyright 1994-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright 2002 by Paul Elliott
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1998 by Kazutaka YOKOTA <[email protected]>
479
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Kazutaka YOKOTA not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Kazutaka YOKOTA makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KAZUTAKA YOKOTA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KAZUTAKA YOKOTA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1999-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
Copyright 1997,1998 by UCHIYAMA Yasushi
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of UCHIYAMA Yasushi not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. UCHIYAMA Yasushi makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
480
UCHIYAMA YASUSHI DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL UCHIYAMA YASUSHI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2001 by J. Kean Johnston <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
J. Kean Johnston not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. J. Kean Johnston makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
J. KEAN JOHNSTON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL J. KEAN JOHNSTON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
• xf86-video-intel
Copyright 2002 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
Copyright 2003 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
Copyright 2005 Tungsten Graphics, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL TUNGSTEN
481
GRAPHICS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2005 Jesse Barnes <[email protected]>
Copyright © 2002 David Dawes
Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION
INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2006,2010 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2007 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2008 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
482
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 by Alan Hourihane, Sychdyn, North Wales, UK.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Alan Hourihane not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Alan Hourihane makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
ALAN HOURIHANE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL ALAN HOURIHANE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL, AND/OR
ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2001 VA Linux Systems Inc., Fremont, California.
Copyright © 2002 by David Dawes
483
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATI, VA LINUX
SYSTEMS AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 1999 Keith Packard
Copyright ® 2001 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2000, 2008 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
• xinit
Copyright 1986, 1988, 1993, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
484
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
• xkbcomp
Copyright (c) 1994 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific prior written permission. Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without any express or implied warranty.
SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
485
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
COPYRIGHT 1990
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
MAYNARD, MASSACHUSETTS
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS SOFTWARE IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND
SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION.
DIGITAL MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS ABOUT THE SUITABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE FOR
ANY PURPOSE. IT IS SUPPLIED "AS IS" WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IF THE SOFTWARE IS MODIFIED IN A MANNER CREATING DERIVATIVE COPYRIGHT RIGHTS,
APPROPRIATE LEGENDS MAY BE PLACED ON THE DERIVATIVE WORK IN ADDITION TO THAT
SET FORTH ABOVE.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
• xkeyboard-config
486
Copyright 1996 by Joseph Moss
Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) Dmitry Golubev <[email protected]>, 2003-2004
Copyright (C) 2004, Gregory Mokhin <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2006 Erdal Ronahî
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The copyright holder(s) makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Digital Equipment Corporation shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital Equipment Corporation.
487
Copyright 1996, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 2004-2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1996 by Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Silicon Graphics not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific prior written permission. Silicon Graphics makes no representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without any express or implied warranty.
488
SILICON GRAPHICS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1996 X Consortium
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Ævar Arnfjörð Bjarmason <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
489
Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 by Anton Zinoviev <[email protected]>
This software may be used, modified, copied, distributed, and sold, in both source and binary form provided that the above copyright and these terms are retained. Under no circumstances is the author responsible for the proper functioning of this software, nor does the author assume any responsibility for damages incurred with its use.
Permission is granted to anyone to use, distribute and modify this file in any way, provided that the above copyright notice is left intact and the author of the modification summarizes the changes in this header.
This file is distributed without any expressed or implied warranty.
• xmodmap
Copyright (c) 1987, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
490
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
• xrandr
Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright © 2002 Hewlett Packard Company, Inc.
Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• xserver-xf86-config
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
491
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
• xserver-xorg
The following is the 'standard copyright' agreed upon by most contributors, and is currently the canonical license preferred by the X.Org Foundation. This is a slight variant of the common MIT license form published by the Open Source Initiative at http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php
Copyright holders of new code should use this license statement where possible, and insert their name to this list. Please sort by surname for people, and by the full name for other entities (e.g. Juliusz
Chroboczek sorts before Intel Corporation sorts before Daniel Stone).
Copyright © 2000-2001 Juliusz Chroboczek
Copyright © 1998 Egbert Eich
Copyright © 2006-2007 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
Copyright © 2006-2008 Peter Hutterer
Copyright © 2006 Adam Jackson
Copyright © 2009-2010 NVIDIA Corporation
Copyright © 1987, 2003-2006, 2008-2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates.
Copyright © 1999 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2007-2009 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright © 2005-2008 Daniel Stone
Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum
Copyright © 2006 Luc Verhaegen
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
492
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
The following licenses are 'legacy': usually MIT/X11 licenses with the name of the copyright holder(s) in the license statement, but also some BSD-like licenses.
Copyright (C) 1994-2003 The XFree86 Project, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copyright (C) Colin Harrison 2005-2008
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FIT-
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
XFREE86 PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the XFree86 Project.
Copyright 1997 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the XFree86 Project, Inc. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The Xfree86 Project, Inc. makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE XFREE86 PROJECT, INC. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
493
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1985-1998, 2001 The Open Group
Copyright 2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright (c) 1987, 1989-1990, 1992-1995 X Consortium
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
494
Copyright © 1999-2000 SuSE, Inc.
Copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987-1991, 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
Copyright 1991 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Copyright 1991, 1993 Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
Copyright 1994 Quarterdeck Office Systems.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names
495
of Digital and Quarterdeck not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL AND QUARTERDECK DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation.
All rights reserved.
This software is furnished under license and may be used and copied only in accordance with the following terms and conditions. Subject to these conditions, you may download, copy, install, use, modify and distribute this software in source and/or binary form. No title or ownership is ransferred hereby.
1) Any source code used, modified or distributed must reproduce and retain this copyright notice and list of conditions as they appear in the source file.
2) No right is granted to use any trade name, trademark, or logo of Digital Equipment Corporation.
Neither the "Digital Equipment Corporation" name nor any trademark or logo of Digital Equipment
Corporation may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without the prior written permission of Digital Equipment Corporation.
3) This software is provided "AS-IS" and any express or implied warranties, including but not limited to, any implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement are disclaimed. In no event shall DIGITAL be liable for any damages whatsoever, and in particular, DIGITAL shall not be liable for special, indirect, consequential, or incidental damages or damages for lost profits, loss of revenue or loss of use, whether such damages arise in contract, negligence, tort, under statute, in equity, at law or otherwise, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
Copyright (c) 1991, 1996-1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
496
LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital Equipment Corporation.
SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON
GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT-
PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
497
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Hewlett-Packard Company shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Copyright 1989 by Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, California.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Hewlett-Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
HEWLETT-PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL HEWLETT-PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
Copyright (c) 2003 by the XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright 2004-2005 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT
AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
498
Partly based on code Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Red Hat not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Red Hat makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
Red Hat DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL Red Hat BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2006 Red Hat, Inc.
(C) Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
499
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT, INC,
OR PRECISION INSIGHT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1995 X Consortium
Copyright 2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT, THE X
CONSORTIUM, AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
Copyright 1998-2000 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2002, 2008, 2009 Apple Computer, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Torrey T. Lyons.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell
500
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION
INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
(C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2003
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL VA LINUX
SYSTEM, IBM AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
(C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2004-2005
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
501
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL IBM, AND/OR
THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1997 Metro Link Incorporated
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X
CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Metro Link shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Metro Link.
Copyright 1995-1998 by Metro Link, Inc.
Copyright (c) 1997 Matthieu Herrb
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Metro Link, Inc. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Metro Link, Inc. makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
METRO LINK, INC. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL METRO LINK, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
502
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1998 by Metro Link Incorporated
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Metro Link Incorporated not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Metro Link Incorporated makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
METRO LINK INCORPORATED DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL METRO LINK INCORPORATED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2000 by Conectiva S.A. (http://www.conectiva.com)
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL CONECTIVA
LINUX BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Conectiva Linux shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Conectiva Linux.
Copyright (c) 2001, Andy Ritger [email protected]
All rights reserved.
503
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: o Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
o Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
o Neither the name of NVIDIA nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright 1992 Vrije Universiteit, The Netherlands
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the Vrije Universiteit not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The Vrije Universiteit makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
The Vrije Universiteit DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL The Vrije Universiteit BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1998 by Concurrent Computer Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Concurrent Computer Corporation not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
504
the software without specific, written prior permission. Concurrent Computer Corporation makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
CONCURRENT COMPUTER CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL CONCURRENT COMPUTER CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2004 Nokia
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Nokia not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Nokia makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
NOKIA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL NOKIA BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
(c)Copyright 1988,1991 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sublicense this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notices appear in all copies and that both those copyright notices and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. No trademark license to use the
Adobe trademarks is hereby granted. If the Adobe trademark "Display PostScript"(tm) is used to describe this software, its functionality or for any other purpose, such use shall be limited to a statement that this software works in conjunction with the Display PostScript system. Proper trademark attribution to reflect Adobe's ownership of the trademark shall be given whenever any such reference to the Display
PostScript system is made.
ADOBE MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS ABOUT THE SUITABILITY OF THE SOFTWARE FOR ANY
PURPOSE. IT IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY. ADOBE
505
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL ADOBE BE LIABLE TO YOU OR
ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ADOBE WILL NOT PROVIDE ANY TRAINING OR OTHER
SUPPORT FOR THE SOFTWARE.
Adobe, PostScript, and Display PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated which may be registered in certain jurisdictions.
Copyright 1989 Network Computing Devices, Inc., Mountain View, California.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of N.C.D. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. N.C.D. makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
Copyright (c) 1987 by the Regents of the University of California
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies. The
University of California makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
Copyright 1992, 1993 Data General Corporation;
Copyright 1992, 1993 OMRON Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that neither the name OMRON or DATA GENERAL be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission of the party whose name is to be used. Neither
OMRON or DATA GENERAL make any representation about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OMRON AND DATA GENERAL EACH DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OMRON OR DATA GENERAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
506
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 1998-2004, 2006 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2000-2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2002 Apple Computer, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2003 Torrey T. Lyons.
All Rights Reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 1999 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
Copyright © 2002 MontaVista Software Inc.
Copyright © 2005 OpenedHand Ltd.
Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the authors and/or copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The authors and/or copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE AUTHORS AND/OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
507
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS AND/OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1993 by Davor Matic
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. Davor Matic makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004 Harold L Hunt II All Rights Reserved.
Copyright (C) Colin Harrison 2005-2008
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL HAROLD L HUNT
II BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Harold L Hunt II shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Harold L Hunt II.
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
508
THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THOMAS
ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany
Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Thomas Roell and David Wexelblat not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell and David Wexelblat makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THOMAS ROELL AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990,91,92,93 by Thomas Roell, Germany.
Copyright 1991,92,93 by SGCS (Snitily Graphics Consulting Services), USA.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell nor SGCS be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell nor SGCS makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THOMAS ROELL AND SGCS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THOMAS ROELL OR SGCS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
509
Copyright 1998 by Alan Hourihane, Wigan, England.
Copyright 2000-2002 by Alan Hourihane, Flint Mountain, North Wales.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Alan Hourihane not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Alan Hourihane makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
ALAN HOURIHANE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL ALAN HOURIHANE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1995 Kaleb S. KEITHLEY
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL Kaleb S.
KEITHLEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Kaleb S. KEITHLEY shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Kaleb S. KEITHLEY
Copyright (c) 1997 Matthieu Herrb
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
510
of Matthieu Herrb not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Matthieu Herrb makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
MATTHIEU HERRB DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL MATTHIEU HERRB BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2004, Egbert Eich
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL EGBERT EICH
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CON- NECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Egbert Eich shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- ings in this Software without prior written authorization from
Egbert Eich.
Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <[email protected]>
Copyright 2005 by Kean Johnston <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David McCullough <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of David Wexelblat not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. David Wexelblat makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
511
DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Wexelblat not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski and David Wexelblat make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
512
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Frederic Lepied not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Frederic Lepied makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
FREDERIC LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL FREDERIC LEPIED BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Wexelblat not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Rich Murphey and David Wexelblat make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both
513
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Dawes not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Rich Murphey and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2003-2004 Anders Carlsson
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Anders Carlsson not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Anders Carlsson makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
ANDERS CARLSSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL ANDERS CARLSSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (C) 2003 Anders Carlsson
Copyright © 2003-2004 Eric Anholt
Copyright © 2004 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Eric Anholt not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Eric Anholt makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
ERIC ANHOLT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL ERIC
514
ANHOLT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND TODD C. MILLER DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL TODD C. MILLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2003-2004 Philip Blundell
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Philip Blundell not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Philip Blundell makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
PHILIP BLUNDELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL PHILIP BLUNDELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1994-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright 1997 by Metro Link, Inc.
Copyright 2003 by David H. Dawes.
Copyright 2003 by X-Oz Technologies.
Copyright (c) 2004, X.Org Foundation
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
515
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany
Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <[email protected]>
Copyright 1999 by David Holland <[email protected]>
Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company
Copyright © 2004, 2005 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright © 2004 Nicholas Miell
Copyright © 2005 Trolltech AS
Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2006-2007 Keith Packard
Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc
Copyright © 2008 George Sapountzis <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
516
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2000 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
2005 Lars Knoll & Zack Rusin, Trolltech
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
Copyright © 1998-1999, 2001 The XFree86 Project, Inc.
Copyright © 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2000, 2001 Nokia Home Communications
Copyright © 2007, 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the
Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
517
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE
FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.
Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey <[email protected]>
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
Copyright (c) 2001 Andreas Monitzer.
Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Greg Parker.
Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Torrey T. Lyons
Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Apple Computer, Inc.
Copyright (c) 2004-2005 Alexander Gottwald
Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Apple Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007 Jeremy Huddleston
All Rights Reserved.
518
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE
LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization.
Copyright (C) 1999,2000 by Eric Sunshine <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2001-2005 by Thomas Winischhofer, Vienna, Austria.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
519
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2005 Bogdan D. [email protected]
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the author shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the author.
Copyright © 2002 David Dawes
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S)
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the author(s).
520
Copyright (C) 1996-1999 SciTech Software, Inc.
Copyright (C) David Mosberger-Tang
Copyright (C) 1999 Egbert Eich
Copyright (C) 2008 Bart Trojanowski, Symbio Technologies, LLC
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of the authors not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The authors makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE AUTHORS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2005-2006 Luc Verhaegen.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1995 by Robin Cutshaw <[email protected]>
Copyright 2000 by Egbert Eich
Copyright 2002 by David Dawes
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both
521
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of the above listed copyright holder(s) not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The above listed copyright holder(s) make(s) no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM(S) ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1997-2004 by Marc Aurele La France (TSI @ UQV), [email protected]
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Marc Aurele La France not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Marc Aurele La France makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as-is" without express or implied warranty.
MARC AURELE LA FRANCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT
SHALL MARC AURELE LA FRANCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1990, 1991 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany
Copyright 1992 by David Dawes <[email protected]>
Copyright 1992 by Jim Tsillas <[email protected]>
Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <[email protected]>
Copyright 1992 by Robert Baron <[email protected]>
Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <[email protected]>
Copyright 1993 by Vrije Universiteit, The Netherlands
Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <[email protected]>
Copyright 1994, 1996 by Holger Veit <[email protected]>
522
Copyright 1997 by Takis Psarogiannakopoulos <[email protected]>
Copyright 1994-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of the above listed copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. The above listed copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS,
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2001-2005 by J. Kean Johnston <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name
J. Kean Johnston not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. J. Kean Johnston makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
J. KEAN JOHNSTON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL J. KEAN JOHNSTON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (C) 2000 Jakub Jelinek ([email protected])
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
523
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL JAKUB JELINEK
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1997,1998 by UCHIYAMA Yasushi
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of UCHIYAMA Yasushi not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. UCHIYAMA Yasushi makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
UCHIYAMA YASUSHI DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL UCHIYAMA YASUSHI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (C) 2000 Keith Packard
2004 Eric Anholt
2005 Zack Rusin
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of copyright holders not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. Copyright holders make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
524
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
(C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2002-2007
All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
IN THE SOFTWARE.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
This permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright © 2007 OpenedHand Ltd
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of OpenedHand Ltd not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. OpenedHand Ltd makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
OpenedHand Ltd DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
525
OpenedHand Ltd BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Chris Torek.
This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Michael Rendell of Memorial University of
Newfoundland.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
• xset
Copyright 1985, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
526
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN
GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
• expat-2.0.1 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• jansson-2.4 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd and Clark Cooper
Copyright (c) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Expat maintainers.
Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Petri Lehtinen <[email protected]>
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaininga copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Apache-2.0
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "Apache-2.0".
The "Apache-2.0" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of Apache-2.0 programs
• freerdp 1.1.0
527
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"Apache-2.0" are as follows.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004 http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the
License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the
License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form
528
of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the
Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text
529
from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the
License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such
Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this
License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this
License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
530
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!)
The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.
BSD License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "BSD License".
The "BSD License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "BSD
License" are as follows.
• libtirpc-0.2.5
/*
* Copyright (c) Copyright (c) Bull S.A. 2005 All Rights Reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
531
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
• rpcbind-0.2.1
/*
* Copyright (c) Copyright (c) Bull S.A. 2005 All Rights Reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
• libjson-7.6.1
This license is also available in Documentation.pdf
Copyright 2010 Jonathan Wallace. All rights reserved.
532
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY JONATHAN WALLACE "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL JONATHAN WALLACE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The views and conclusions contained in the software and documentation are those of the authors and should not be interpreted as representing official policies, either expressed or implied, of Jonathan
Wallace.
• uriparser-0.7.7
uriparser - RFC 3986 URI parsing library
Copyright (C) 2007, Weijia Song <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2007, Sebastian Pipping <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the <ORGANIZATION> nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
533
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
• jpeg
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of the <ORGANIZATION> nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
• libevent
Libevent is available for use under the following license, commonly known as the 3-clause (or "modified")
BSD license:
==============================
Copyright (c) 2000-2007 Niels Provos <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Niels Provos and Nick Mathewson
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
534
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
==============================
Portions of Libevent are based on works by others, also made available by them under the three-clause
BSD license above. The copyright notices are available in the corresponding source files; the license is as above. Here's a list: log.c:
Copyright (c) 2000 Dug Song <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
strlcpy.c:
Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <[email protected]> win32select.c:
Copyright (c) 2003 Michael A. Davis <[email protected]> evport.c:
Copyright (c) 2007 Sun Microsystems ht-internal.h:
Copyright (c) 2002 Christopher Clark minheap-internal.h:
535
Copyright (c) 2006 Maxim Yegorushkin <[email protected]>
==============================
The arc4module is available under the following, sometimes called the "OpenBSD" license:
Copyright (c) 1996, David Mazieres <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2008, Damien Miller <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• libnfsidmap0
Copyright (c) 2004 The Regents of the University of Michigan.
All rights reserved.
Marius Aamodt Eriksen <[email protected]>
J. Bruce Fields <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
536
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
• libsasl2-3
/* CMU libsasl
* Tim Martin
* Rob Earhart
* Rob Siemborski
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 1998-2003 Carnegie Mellon University. All rights reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name "Carnegie Mellon University" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For permission or any other legal details, please contact
Office of Technology Transfer
Carnegie Mellon University
5000 Forbes Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890
(412) 268-4387, fax: (412) 268-7395 [email protected]
* 4. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by Computing Services at Carnegie Mellon University
(http://www.cmu.edu/computing/)."
* CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN
537
NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
• libtirpc1
/*
* Copyright (c) Copyright (c) Bull S.A. 2005 All Rights Reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
• libuuid1
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety, including the disclaimer of warranties.
538
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
• libwrap0
/************************************************************************
* Copyright 1995 by Wietse Venema. All rights reserved. Some individual files may be covered by other copyrights.
* This material was originally written and compiled by Wietse Venema at Eindhoven University of
Technology, The Netherlands, in 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that this entire copyright notice is duplicated in all such copies.
* This software is provided "as is" and without any expressed or implied warranties, including, without limitation, the implied warranties of merchantibility and fitness for any particular purpose.
************************************************************************/
• openssh
• openssh-keygen
• openssh-scp
• openssh-ssh
• openssh-sshd
This file is part of the OpenSSH software.
The licences which components of this software fall under are as follows. First, we will summarize and say that all components are under a BSD licence, or a licence more free than that.
539
OpenSSH contains no GPL code.
1)
* Copyright (c) 1995 Tatu Ylonen <[email protected]>, Espoo, Finland All rights reserved
* As far as I am concerned, the code I have written for this software can be used freely for any purpose.
Any derived versions of this software must be clearly marked as such, and if the derived work is incompatible with the protocol description in the RFC file, it must be called by a name other than "ssh" or
"Secure Shell".
[Tatu continues]
* However, I am not implying to give any licenses to any patents or copyrights held by third parties, and the software includes parts that are not under my direct control. As far as I know, all included source code is used in accordance with the relevant license agreements and can be used freely for any purpose
(the GNU license being the most restrictive); see below for details.
[However, none of that term is relevant at this point in time. All of these restrictively licenced software components which he talks about have been removed from OpenSSH, i.e.,
- RSA is no longer included, found in the OpenSSL library
- IDEA is no longer included, its use is deprecated
- DES is now external, in the OpenSSL library
- GMP is no longer used, and instead we call BN code from OpenSSL
- Zlib is now external, in a library
- The make-ssh-known-hosts script is no longer included
- TSS has been removed
- MD5 is now external, in the OpenSSL library
- RC4 support has been replaced with ARC4 support from OpenSSL
- Blowfish is now external, in the OpenSSL library
[The licence continues]
Note that any information and cryptographic algorithms used in this software are publicly available on the
Internet and at any major bookstore, scientific library, and patent office worldwide. More information can be found e.g. at "http://www.cs.hut.fi/crypto".
The legal status of this program is some combination of all these permissions and restrictions. Use only at your own responsibility. You will be responsible for any legal consequences yourself; I am not making any claims whether possessing or using this is legal or not in your country, and I am not taking any responsibility on your behalf.
540
NO WARRANTY
BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE
PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE
PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE,
YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY
COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES
OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH
HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
2)
The 32-bit CRC compensation attack detector in deattack.c was contributed by CORE SDI S.A. under a
BSD-style license.
* Cryptographic attack detector for ssh - source code
* Copyright (c) 1998 CORE SDI S.A., Buenos Aires, Argentina.
* All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that this copyright notice is retained.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CORE SDI S.A. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE
USE OR MISUSE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
* Ariel Futoransky <[email protected]>
* <http://www.core-sdi.com>
3) ssh-keyscan was contributed by David Mazieres under a BSD-style license.
* Copyright 1995, 1996 by David Mazieres <[email protected]>.
541
* Modification and redistribution in source and binary forms is permitted provided that due credit is given to the author and the OpenBSD project by leaving this copyright notice intact.
4)
The Rijndael implementation by Vincent Rijmen, Antoon Bosselaers and Paulo Barreto is in the public domain and distributed with the following license:
* @version 3.0 (December 2000)
* Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)
* @author Vincent Rijmen <[email protected]>
* @author Antoon Bosselaers <[email protected]>
* @author Paulo Barreto <[email protected]>
* This code is hereby placed in the public domain.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
5)
One component of the ssh source code is under a 3-clause BSD license, held by the University of
California, since we pulled these parts from original Berkeley code.
* Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1992, 1993, 1995 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
542
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
6)
Remaining components of the software are provided under a standard 2-term BSD licence with the following names as copyright holders:
Markus Friedl
Theo de Raadt
Niels Provos
Dug Song
Aaron Campbell
Damien Miller
Kevin Steves
Daniel Kouril
Wesley Griffin
Per Allansson
Nils Nordman
Simon Wilkinson
Portable OpenSSH additionally includes code from the following copyright holders, also under the 2-term
BSD license:
Ben Lindstrom
Tim Rice
Andre Lucas
543
Chris Adams
Corinna Vinschen
Cray Inc.
Denis Parker
Gert Doering
Jakob Schlyter
Jason Downs
Juha Yrjölä
Michael Stone
Networks Associates Technology, Inc.
Solar Designer
Todd C. Miller
Wayne Schroeder
William Jones
Darren Tucker
Sun Microsystems
The SCO Group
Daniel Walsh
Red Hat, Inc
Simon Vallet / Genoscope
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
544
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
8)
Portable OpenSSH contains the following additional licenses: a) md5crypt.c, md5crypt.h
* "THE BEER-WARE LICENSE" (Revision 42): <[email protected]> wrote this file. As long as you retain this notice you can do whatever you want with this stuff. If we meet some day, and you think this stuff is worth it, you can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp b) snprintf replacement
* Copyright Patrick Powell 1995 This code is based on code written by Patrick Powell
([email protected]) It may be used for any purpose as long as this notice remains intact on all source code distributions c) Compatibility code (openbsd-compat)
Apart from the previously mentioned licenses, various pieces of code in the openbsd-compat/ subdirectory are licensed as follows:
Some code is licensed under a 3-term BSD license, to the following copyright holders:
Todd C. Miller
Theo de Raadt
Damien Miller
Eric P. Allman
The Regents of the University of California
Constantin S. Svintsoff
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
545
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Some code is licensed under an ISC-style license, to the following copyright holders:
Internet Software Consortium.
Todd C. Miller
Reyk Floeter
Chad Mynhier
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND TODD C. MILLER DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL TODD C. MILLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Some code is licensed under a MIT-style license to the following copyright holders:
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
546
*THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
* Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization.
****************************************************************************/
------
• rpcbind
/*
* Copyright (c) Copyright (c) Bull S.A. 2005 All Rights Reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR "AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
• shadow
547
NOTE:
This license has been obsoleted by the change to the BSD-style copyright. You may continue to use this license if you wish, but you are under no obligation to do so.
(*
This document is freely plagiarised from the 'Artistic Licence', distributed as part of the Perl v4.0 kit by
Larry Wall, which is available from most major archive sites. I stole it from CrackLib.
$Id: COPYING 1342 2007-11-10 23:46:11Z nekral-guest $
*)
This documents purpose is to state the conditions under which this Package (See definition below) viz:
"Shadow", the Shadow Password Suite which is held by Julianne Frances Haugh, may be copied, such that the copyright holder maintains some semblance of artistic control over the development of the package, while giving the users of the package the right to use and distribute the Package in a more-orless customary fashion, plus the right to make reasonable modifications.
So there.
******************************************************
Definitions:
A "Package" refers to the collection of files distributed by the Copyright Holder, and derivatives of that collection of files created through textual modification, or segments thereof.
"Standard Version" refers to such a Package if it has not been modified, or has been modified in accordance with the wishes of the Copyright Holder.
"Copyright Holder" is whoever is named in the copyright or copyrights for the package.
"You" is you, if you're thinking about copying or distributing this Package.
"Reasonable copying fee" is whatever you can justify on the basis of media cost, duplication charges, time of people involved, and so on. (You will not be required to justify it to the Copyright Holder, but only to the computing community at large as a market that must bear the fee.)
"Freely Available" means that no fee is charged for the item itself, though there may be fees involved in handling the item. It also means that recipients of the item may redistribute it under the same conditions they received it.
1. You may make and give away verbatim copies of the source form of the Standard Version of this
Package without restriction, provided that you duplicate all of the original copyright notices and associated disclaimers.
548
2. You may apply bug fixes, portability fixes and other modifications derived from the Public Domain or from the Copyright Holder. A Package modified in such a way shall still be considered the Standard
Version.
3. You may otherwise modify your copy of this Package in any way, provided that you insert a prominent notice in each changed file stating how and when AND WHY you changed that file, and provided that you do at least ONE of the following: a) place your modifications in the Public Domain or otherwise make them Freely Available, such as by posting said modifications to Usenet or an equivalent medium, or placing the modifications on a major archive site such as uunet.uu.net, or by allowing the Copyright Holder to include your modifications in the
Standard Version of the Package.
b) use the modified Package only within your corporation or organization.
c) rename any non-standard executables so the names do not conflict with standard executables, which must also be provided, and provide separate documentation for each non-standard executable that clearly documents how it differs from the Standard Version.
d) make other distribution arrangements with the Copyright Holder.
4. You may distribute the programs of this Package in object code or executable form, provided that you do at least ONE of the following: a) distribute a Standard Version of the executables and library files, together with instructions (in the manual page or equivalent) on where to get the Standard Version.
b) accompany the distribution with the machine-readable source of the Package with your modifications.
c) accompany any non-standard executables with their corresponding Standard Version executables, giving the non-standard executables non-standard names, and clearly documenting the differences in manual pages (or equivalent), together with instructions on where to get the Standard Version.
d) make other distribution arrangements with the Copyright Holder.
5. You may charge a reasonable copying fee for any distribution of this Package. You may charge any fee you choose for support of this Package. YOU MAY NOT CHARGE A FEE FOR THIS PACKAGE
ITSELF. However, you may distribute this Package in aggregate with other (possibly commercial) programs as part of a larger (possibly commercial) software distribution provided that YOU DO NOT
ADVERTISE this package as a product of your own.
6. The name of the Copyright Holder may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
7. THIS PACKAGE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
549
The End
• tcpdump-4.2.1 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
• libpcap-1.2.1 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
Copyright (c) The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kenneth Almquist.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
TOPPERS/JSP
This projector product includes the open source software program "TOPPERS/JSP" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "TOPPERS/JSP".
The "TOPPERS/JSP" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of TOPPERS/JSP programs
• jsp-1.4.3
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"TOPPERS/JSP" are as follows.
TOPPERS/JSP Kernel
550
Toyohashi Open Platform for Embedded Real-Time Systems/Just Standard Profile Kernel
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 by Embedded and Real-Time Systems Laboratory Toyohashi Univ. of
Technology, JAPAN
Copyright (C) 2004 by Embedded and Real-Time Systems Laboratory Graduate School of Information
Science, Nagoya Univ., JAPAN.
The above copyright holder, limited to cases in which one satisfies conditions (1) ~ (4) below, or the conditions described in Version 2 of the GNU Public License officially announced by the Free Software
Foundation, consents to the use, reproduction, alteration, and redistribution (hereafter called utilization) of this software (this software includes alterations, likewise below) without compensation.
(1) When this software is utilized in the form of source code, the above copyright declaration, these conditions of utilization, and the following stipulation of no guarantee shall be included in unchanged form inside the source code.
(2) When this software is redistributed in a form in which it can be used in the development of other software, library form, etc., the above copyright display, these terms of utilization, and the following stipulation of no guarantee shall be inserted in documentation accompanying redistribution (user's manual, etc.).
(3) When this software is redistributed in a form in which it cannot be used in the development of other software, embedded in devices, etc., one of the following conditions shall be satisfied.
(a) The above copyright display, these terms of utilization, and the following stipulation of no guarantee shall be inserted in documentation accompanying redistribution (user's manual, etc.).
(b) The TOPPERS Project shall be notified owing to a method in which the form of distribution is decided otherwise.
(4) The above copyright holder and the TOPPERS Project shall be exempt from responsibility for whatever damages occur either directly or indirectly through the utilization of this software.
This software is something that is provided with no guarantee. The above copyright holder and the
TOPPERS Project make no guarantee whatsoever in regard to this software, including the possibility of its application. In addition, the above copyright holder and the TOPPERS Project shall also not bear responsibility for whatever damages occur either directly or indirectly through the utilization of this software.
Note: The TOPPERS License has been revised several times; what is shown above is the latest version that is to be applied to software made public hereafter.
TINET
This projector product includes the open source software program "TINET" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "TINET".
551
The "TINET" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of TINET programs
• tinet-1.4.4
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"TINET" are as follows.
(1) FreeBSD
Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement:
This product includes software developed by the University of California, Berkeley and its contributors.
4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(6) TINET and TOPPERS
TINET (TCP/IP Protocol Stack)
552
Copyright (C) 2001-2006 by Dep. of Computer Science and Engineering Tomakomai National College of
Technology, JAPAN
The above copyright holder, limited to cases in which one satisfies conditions (1) ~ (4) below, or the conditions described in Version 2 of the GNU Public License officially announced by the Free Software
Foundation, consents to the use, reproduction, alteration, and redistribution (hereafter called utilization) of this software (this software includes alterations, likewise below) without compensation.
(1) When this software is utilized in the form of source code, the above copyright declaration, these conditions of utilization, and the following stipulation of no guarantee shall be included in unchanged form inside the source code.
(2) When this software is redistributed in a form in which it can be used in the development of other software, library form, etc., the above copyright display, these terms of utilization, and the following stipulation of no guarantee shall be inserted in documentation accompanying redistribution (user's manual, etc.).
(3) When this software is redistributed in a form in which it cannot be used in the development of other software, embedded in devices, etc., following conditions shall be satisfied.
(a) The above copyright display, these terms of utilization, and the following stipulation of no guarantee shall be inserted in documentation accompanying redistribution (user's manual, etc.).
(4) The above copyright holder and the TOPPERS Project shall be exempt from responsibility for whatever damages occur either directly or indirectly through the utilization of this software.
This software is something that is provided with no guarantee. The above copyright holder and the
TOPPERS Project make no guarantee whatsoever in regard to this software, including the possibility of its application. In addition, the above copyright holder and the TOPPERS Project shall also not bear responsibility for whatever damages occur either directly or indirectly through the utilization of this software.
WPA Supplicant
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "WPA Supplicant".
The "WPA Supplicant" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of WPA Supplicant programs
• wpa_supplicant-2.3
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "WPA
Supplicant" are as follows.
Copyright (c) 2003-2014, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
553
All Rights Reserved.
This program is licensed under the BSD license (the one with advertisement clause removed).
If you are submitting changes to the project, please see CONTRIBUTIONS file for more instructions.
License
-----------
This software may be distributed, used, and modified under the terms of BSD license:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name(s) of the above-listed copyright holder(s) nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
lighttpd
This projector product includes the open source software program "lighttpd" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "lighttpd".
The "lighttpd" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of lighttpd programs
• lighttpd-1.4.35
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"lighttpd" are as follows.
554
Copyright (c) 2004, Jan Kneschke, incremental
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of the 'incremental' nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
PCRE
This projector product includes the open source software program "PCRE" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "PCRE".
The "PCRE" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of PCRE programs
• pcre-8.32
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "PCRE" are as follows.
PCRE LICENCE
-----------
PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
555
Release 8 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the "BSD" licence, as specified below. The documentation for PCRE, supplied in the "doc" directory, is distributed under the same terms as the software itself.
The basic library functions are written in C and are freestanding. Also included in the distribution is a set of C++ wrapper functions, and a just-in-time compiler that can be used to optimize pattern matching.
These are both optional features that can be omitted when the library is built.
THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
-----------
Written by: Philip Hazel
Email local part: ph10
Email domain: cam.ac.uk
University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England.
Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
All rights reserved.
PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT
-----------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2010-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER
-----------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2009-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
556
THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS
-----------
Contributed by: Google Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007-2012, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
THE "BSD" LICENCE
-----------
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
End
FastCGI
This projector product includes the open source software program "FastCGI" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "FastCGI"
The "FastCGI" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
557
List of FastCGI programs
• fcgi-2.4.0
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"FastCGI" are as follows.
This FastCGI application library source and object code (the "Software") and its documentation (the
"Documentation") are copyrighted by Open Market, Inc ("Open Market"). The following terms apply to all files associated with the Software and Documentation unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
Open Market permits you to use, copy, modify, distribute, and license this Software and the
Documentation for any purpose, provided that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses. Modifications to this Software and Documentation may be copyrighted by their authors and need not follow the licensing terms described here. If modifications to this Software and Documentation have new licensing terms, the new terms must be clearly indicated on the first page of each file where they apply.
OPEN MARKET MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE
SOFTWARE OR THE DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL OPEN
MARKET BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR
RELATING TO THIS SOFTWARE OR THE DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR SIMILAR DAMAGES, INCLUDING
LOST PROFITS OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF OPEN MARKET HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED "AS
IS". OPEN MARKET HAS NO LIABILITY IN CONTRACT, TORT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE
ARISING OUT OF THIS SOFTWARE OR THE DOCUMENTATION.
openssl
This projector product includes the open source software program "openssl" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "openssl".
The "openssl" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of openssl programs
• openssl-1.0.2g
• libcrypto1.0.0
• libssl1.0.0
• openssl
558
• openssl-conf
• openssl-1.0.1t (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"openssl" are as follows.
LICENSE ISSUES
==============
The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit. See below for the actual license texts. Actually both licenses are BSD-style Open Source licenses. In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact [email protected].
OpenSSL License
---------------
/* ========================================
* Copyright (c) 1998-2016 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
* 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].
* 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project.
* 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit
(http://www.openssl.org/)"
559
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
* ========================================
* This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
*/
Original SSLeay License
-----------------------
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])
* All rights reserved.
* This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young ([email protected]).
* The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
* This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
* Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed.
If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation
(online or textual) provided with the package.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
560
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement: "This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
([email protected])" The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related :-).
* 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory
(application code) you must include an acknowledgement: "This product includes software written by
Tim Hudson ([email protected])"
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
* The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public Licence.]
*/
OpenLDAP Public License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "OpenLDAP Public License".
The "OpenLDAP Public License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of OpenLDAP Public License programs
• OpenLDAP
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"OpenLDAP Public License" are as follows.
The OpenLDAP Public License
Version 2.8, 17 August 2003
Redistribution and use of this software and associated documentation ("Software"), with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
561
1. Redistributions in source form must retain copyright statements and notices,
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce applicable copyright statements and notices, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution, and
3. Redistributions must contain a verbatim copy of this document.
The OpenLDAP Foundation may revise this license from time to time. Each revision is distinguished by a version number. You may use this Software under terms of this license revision or under the terms of any subsequent revision of the license.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OPENLDAP FOUNDATION AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPENLDAP FOUNDATION, ITS CONTRIBUTORS, OR
THE AUTHOR(S) OR OWNER(S) OF THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The names of the authors and copyright holders must not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealing in this Software without specific, written prior permission. Title to copyright in this Software shall at all times remain with copyright holders.
OpenLDAP is a registered trademark of the OpenLDAP Foundation.
Copyright 1999-2003 The OpenLDAP Foundation, Redwood City, California, USA. All Rights Reserved.
Permission to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this document is granted.
Academic Free License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "Academic Free License".
The "Academic Free License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of Academic Free License programs
• libdbus-1-3
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"Academic Free License" are as follows.
562
The Academic Free License v. 2.1
This Academic Free License (the "License") applies to any original work of authorship (the "Original
Work") whose owner (the "Licensor") has placed the following notice immediately following the copyright notice for the Original Work:
Licensed under the Academic Free License version 2.1
1) Grant of Copyright License. Licensor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual, sublicenseable license to do the following: a) to reproduce the Original Work in copies; b) to prepare derivative works ("Derivative Works") based upon the Original Work; c) to distribute copies of the Original Work and Derivative Works to the public; d) to perform the Original Work publicly; and e) to display the Original Work publicly.
2) Grant of Patent License. Licensor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual, sublicenseable license, under patent claims owned or controlled by the Licensor that are embodied in the Original Work as furnished by the Licensor, to make, use, sell and offer for sale the
Original Work and Derivative Works.
3) Grant of Source Code License. The term "Source Code" means the preferred form of the Original
Work for making modifications to it and all available documentation describing how to modify the Original
Work. Licensor hereby agrees to provide a machine-readable copy of the Source Code of the Original
Work along with each copy of the Original Work that Licensor distributes. Licensor reserves the right to satisfy this obligation by placing a machine-readable copy of the Source Code in an information repository reasonably calculated to permit inexpensive and convenient access by You for as long as
Licensor continues to distribute the Original Work, and by publishing the address of that information repository in a notice immediately following the copyright notice that applies to the Original Work.
4) Exclusions From License Grant. Neither the names of Licensor, nor the names of any contributors to the Original Work, nor any of their trademarks or service marks, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Original Work without express prior written permission of the Licensor.
Nothing in this License shall be deemed to grant any rights to trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets or any other intellectual property of Licensor except as expressly stated herein. No patent license is granted to make, use, sell or offer to sell embodiments of any patent claims other than the licensed claims defined in Section 2. No right is granted to the trademarks of Licensor even if such marks are included in the Original Work. Nothing in this License shall be interpreted to prohibit Licensor from licensing under different terms from this License any Original Work that Licensor otherwise would have a right to license.
5) This section intentionally omitted.
563
6) Attribution Rights. You must retain, in the Source Code of any Derivative Works that You create, all copyright, patent or trademark notices from the Source Code of the Original Work, as well as any notices of licensing and any descriptive text identified therein as an "Attribution Notice." You must cause the
Source Code for any Derivative Works that You create to carry a prominent Attribution Notice reasonably calculated to inform recipients that You have modified the Original Work.
7) Warranty of Provenance and Disclaimer of Warranty. Licensor warrants that the copyright in and to the Original Work and the patent rights granted herein by Licensor are owned by the Licensor or are sublicensed to You under the terms of this License with the permission of the contributor(s) of those copyrights and patent rights. Except as expressly stated in the immediately proceeding sentence, the
Original Work is provided under this License on an "AS IS" BASIS and WITHOUT WARRANTY, either express or implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE
QUALITY OF THE ORIGINAL WORK IS WITH YOU. This DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY constitutes an essential part of this License. No license to Original Work is granted hereunder except under this disclaimer.
8) Limitation of Liability. Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall the Licensor be liable to any person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or the use of the Original Work including, without limitation, damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses. This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from Licensor's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
9) Acceptance and Termination. If You distribute copies of the Original Work or a Derivative Work, You must make a reasonable effort under the circumstances to obtain the express assent of recipients to the terms of this License. Nothing else but this License (or another written agreement between Licensor and
You) grants You permission to create Derivative Works based upon the Original Work or to exercise any of the rights granted in Section 1 herein, and any attempt to do so except under the terms of this License
(or another written agreement between Licensor and You) is expressly prohibited by U.S. copyright law, the equivalent laws of other countries, and by international treaty. Therefore, by exercising any of the rights granted to You in Section 1 herein, You indicate Your acceptance of this License and all of its terms and conditions.
10) Termination for Patent Action. This License shall terminate automatically and You may no longer exercise any of the rights granted to You by this License as of the date You commence an action, including a cross-claim or counterclaim, against Licensor or any licensee alleging that the Original Work infringes a patent. This termination provision shall not apply for an action alleging patent infringement by combinations of the Original Work with other software or hardware.
11) Jurisdiction, Venue and Governing Law. Any action or suit relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction wherein the Licensor resides or in which Licensor conducts its primary
564
business, and under the laws of that jurisdiction excluding its conflict-of-law provisions. The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.
Any use of the Original Work outside the scope of this License or after its termination shall be subject to the requirements and penalties of the U.S. Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. § 101 et seq., the equivalent laws of other countries, and international treaty. This section shall survive the termination of this License.
12) Attorneys Fees. In any action to enforce the terms of this License or seeking damages relating thereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred in connection with such action, including any appeal of such action. This section shall survive the termination of this License.
13) Miscellaneous. This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable.
14) Definition of "You" in This License. "You" throughout this License, whether in upper or lower case, means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of, this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with you. For purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
15) Right to Use. You may use the Original Work in all ways not otherwise restricted or conditioned by this License or by law, and Licensor promises not to interfere with or be responsible for such uses by
You.
This license is Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Lawrence E. Rosen. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted to copy and distribute this license without modification. This license may not be modified without the express written permission of its copyright owner.
--
END OF ACADEMIC FREE LICENSE. The following is intended to describe the essential differences between the Academic Free License (AFL) version 1.0 and other open source licenses:
The Academic Free License is similar to the BSD, MIT, UoI/NCSA and Apache licenses in many respects but it is intended to solve a few problems with those licenses.
* The AFL is written so as to make it clear what software is being licensed (by the inclusion of a statement following the copyright notice in the software). This way, the license functions better than a template license. The BSD, MIT and UoI/NCSA licenses apply to unidentified software.
* The AFL contains a complete copyright grant to the software. The BSD and Apache licenses are vague and incomplete in that respect.
* The AFL contains a complete patent grant to the software. The BSD, MIT, UoI/NCSA and Apache licenses rely on an implied patent license and contain no explicit patent grant.
565
* The AFL makes it clear that no trademark rights are granted to the licensor's trademarks. The Apache license contains such a provision, but the BSD, MIT and UoI/NCSA licenses do not.
* The AFL includes the warranty by the licensor that it either owns the copyright or that it is distributing the software under a license. None of the other licenses contain that warranty. All other warranties are disclaimed, as is the case for the other licenses.
* The AFL is itself copyrighted (with the right granted to copy and distribute without modification). This ensures that the owner of the copyright to the license will control changes. The Apache license contains a copyright notice, but the BSD, MIT and UoI/NCSA licenses do not.
Internet Systems Consortium (ISC) License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "Internet Systems Consortium License".
The "Internet Systems Consortium License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of Internet Systems Consortium License programs
• dhcp-client
• mktemp
• sudo
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"Internet Systems Consortium License" are as follows.
• dhcp-client
# Copyright (c) 2004-2013 by Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
# Copyright (c) 1995-2003 by Internet Software Consortium
# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ISC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL ISC BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
OF THIS SOFTWARE.
# Internet Systems Consortium, Inc.
566
# 950 Charter Street
# Redwood City, CA 94063
# https://www.isc.org/
• mktemp
Copyright (c) 1996-1997, 2000-2001, 2008, 2010 Todd C. Miller <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 1996, David Mazieres <[email protected]>
Copyright (c) 2008, Damien Miller <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
• sudo
Sudo is distributed under the following license:
Copyright (c) 1994-1996, 1998-2013 Todd C. Miller <[email protected]>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and Air Force
Research Laboratory, Air Force Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-
0512.
The file redblack.c bears the following license:
567
Copyright (c) 2001 Emin Martinian
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that neither the name of Emin Martinian nor the names of any contributors are be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The files getcwd.c, glob.c, glob.h and snprintf.c bear the following license:
Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The file fnmatch.c bears the following license:
Copyright (c) 2011, VMware, Inc. All rights reserved.
568
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the VMware, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL VMWARE, INC. OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The embedded copy of zlib bears the following license:
Copyright (C) 1995-2012 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly [email protected]
Mark Adler [email protected]
569
SIL Open Font License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "SIL Open Font License Version 1.1".
The "SIL Open Font License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of SIL Open Font License programs
• noto-font
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "SIL
Open Font License" are as follows.
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at: http://scripts.sil.org/OFL
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded, redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives, however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as distributed by the Copyright
Holder(s).
570
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting, or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font
Software to a new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify, redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the
Font Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components, in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled, redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or in the appropriate machinereadable metadata fields within text or binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole, must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply to any document created using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE
FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
571
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE
THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
FreeType License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "FreeType License".
The "FreeType License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of FreeType License programs
• libfreetype6
• freetype-2.4.8 (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the
"FreeType License" are as follows.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType
Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a consequence, its main points are that: o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
572
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage) o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in commercial products. We disclaim all warranties covering The Free Type Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'. This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as distributed in the original archive. If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner
Lemberg. All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
573
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE
OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType
Project (in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions: o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an
URL to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine',
`FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify it. Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType: o [email protected]
574
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library and distribution. If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
Vim License
This projector product includes the open source software program which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "Vim License".
The "Vim License" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of Vim License programs
• vim
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "Vim
License" are as follows.
VIM LICENSE
I) There are no restrictions on distributing unmodified copies of Vim except that they must include this license text. You can also distribute unmodified parts of Vim, likewise unrestricted except that they must include this license text. You are also allowed to include executables that you made from the unmodified
Vim sources, plus your own usage examples and Vim scripts.
II) It is allowed to distribute a modified (or extended) version of Vim, including executables and/or source code, when the following four conditions are met:
1) This license text must be included unmodified.
2) The modified Vim must be distributed in one of the following five ways: a) If you make changes to Vim yourself, you must clearly describe in the distribution how to contact you.
When the maintainer asks you (in any way) for a copy of the modified Vim you distributed, you must make your changes, including source code, available to the maintainer without fee. The maintainer reserves the right to include your changes in the official version of Vim. What the maintainer will do with your changes and under what license they will be distributed is negotiable. If there has been no negotiation then this license, or a later version, also applies to your changes. The current maintainer is
575
Bram Moolenaar <[email protected]>. If this changes it will be announced in appropriate places (most likely vim.sf.net, www.vim.org and/or comp.editors). When it is completely impossible to contact the maintainer, the obligation to send him your changes ceases. Once the maintainer has confirmed that he has received your changes they will not have to be sent again.
b) If you have received a modified Vim that was distributed as mentioned under a) you are allowed to further distribute it unmodified, as mentioned at I). If you make additional changes the text under a) applies to those changes.
c) Provide all the changes, including source code, with every copy of the modified Vim you distribute.
This may be done in the form of a context diff. You can choose what license to use for new code you add. The changes and their license must not restrict others from making their own changes to the official version of Vim.
d) When you have a modified Vim which includes changes as mentioned under c), you can distribute it without the source code for the changes if the following three conditions are met:
- The license that applies to the changes permits you to distribute the changes to the Vim maintainer without fee or restriction, and permits the Vim maintainer to include the changes in the official version of
Vim without fee or restriction.
- You keep the changes for at least three years after last distributing the corresponding modified Vim.
When the maintainer or someone who you distributed the modified Vim to asks you (in any way) for the changes within this period, you must make them available to him.
- You clearly describe in the distribution how to contact you. This contact information must remain valid for at least three years after last distributing the corresponding modified Vim, or as long as possible.
e) When the GNU General Public License (GPL) applies to the changes, you can distribute the modified
Vim under the GNU GPL version 2 or any later version.
3) A message must be added, at least in the output of the ":version" command and in the intro screen, such that the user of the modified Vim is able to see that it was modified. When distributing as mentioned under 2)e) adding the message is only required for as far as this does not conflict with the license used for the changes.
4) The contact information as required under 2)a) and 2)d) must not be removed or changed, except that the person himself can make corrections.
III) If you distribute a modified version of Vim, you are encouraged to use the Vim license for your changes and make them available to the maintainer, including the source code. The preferred way to do this is by e-mail or by uploading the files to a server and e-mailing the URL. If the number of changes is small (e.g., a modified Makefile) e-mailing a context diff will do. The e-mail address to be used is
576
IV) It is not allowed to remove this license from the distribution of the Vim sources, parts of it or from a modified version. You may use this license for previous Vim releases instead of the license that they came with, at your option.
iperf (BrightLink Pro 1460Ui)
This projector product includes the open source software program "iperf" which applies the terms and conditions provided by owner of the copyright to the "iperf".
The "iperf" are WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
List of iperf programs
• iperf-2.0.5
License terms of conditions of each program which are provided by owner of the copyright to the "iperf" are as follows.
Copyright (c) 1999-2007, The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois
All Rights Reserved.
Iperf performance test
Mark Gates
Ajay Tirumala
Jim Ferguson
Jon Dugan
Feng Qin
Kevin Gibbs
John Estabrook
National Laboratory for Applied Network Research
National Center for Supercomputing Applications
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software (Iperf) and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
577
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the names of the University of Illinois, NCSA, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission. THE
SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTIBUTORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Parent topic:
Binding Arbitration and Class Waiver
1. DISPUTES, BINDING INDIVIDUAL ARBITRATION, AND WAIVER OF CLASS ACTIONS AND
CLASS ARBITRATIONS
1.1
Disputes
. The terms of this Section 1 shall apply to all Disputes between you and Epson. The term
"Dispute" is meant to have the broadest meaning permissible under law and includes any dispute, claim, controversy or action between you and Epson arising out of or relating to this Agreement, Epson branded products (hardware and including any related software), or other transaction involving you and
Epson, whether in contract, warranty, misrepresentation, fraud, tort, intentional tort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis. "DISPUTE" DOES NOT INCLUDE IP CLAIMS, or more specifically, a claim or cause of action for (a) trademark infringement or dilution, (b) patent infringement,
(c) copyright infringement or misuse, or (d) trade secret misappropriation (an "IP Claim"). You and Epson also agree, notwithstanding Section 1.6,that a court, not an arbitrator, may decide if a claim or cause of action is for an IP Claim.
1.2
Binding Arbitration
. You and Epson agree that all Disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration according to this Agreement.
ARBITRATION MEANS THAT YOU WAIVE YOUR RIGHT TO A JUDGE
OR JURY IN A COURT PROCEEDING AND YOUR GROUNDS FOR APPEAL ARE LIMITED
.
Pursuant to this Agreement, binding arbitration shall be administered by JAMS, a nationally recognized arbitration authority, pursuant to its code of procedures then in effect for consumer related disputes, but excluding any rules that permit joinder or class actions in arbitration (for more detail on procedure, see
Section 1.6 below). You and Epson understand and agree that (a) the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C.
§1, et seq.) governs the interpretation and enforcement of this Section 1, (b) this Agreement memorializes a transaction in interstate commerce, and (c) this Section 1 shall survive termination of this
Agreement.
578
1.3
Pre-Arbitration Steps and Notice
. Before submitting a claim for arbitration, you and Epson agree to try, for sixty (60) days, to resolve any Dispute informally. If Epson and you do not reach an agreement to resolve the Dispute within the sixty (60) days), you or Epson may commence an arbitration. Notice to
Epson must be addressed to: Epson America, Inc., ATTN: Legal Department, 3840 Kilroy Airport Way,
Long Beach, CA 90806 (the "Epson Address"). The Dispute Notice to you will be sent to the most recent address Epson has in its records for you. For this reason, it is important to notify us if your address changes by emailing us at [email protected] or writing us at the Epson Address above. Notice of the Dispute shall include the sender's name, address and contact information, the facts giving rise to the
Dispute, and the relief requested (the "Dispute Notice"). Following receipt of the Dispute Notice, Epson and you agree to act in good faith to resolve the Dispute before commencing arbitration.
1.4
Small Claims Court
. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may bring an individual action in the small claims court of your state or municipality if the action is within that court's jurisdiction and is pending only in that court.
1.5
WAIVER OF CLASS ACTIONS AND CLASS ARBITRATIONS. YOU AND EPSON AGREE THAT
EACH PARTY MAY BRING DISPUTES AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY ONLY IN AN INDIVIDUAL
CAPACITY, AND NOT AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY CLASS OR
REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION FEDERAL OR STATE
CLASS ACTIONS, OR CLASS ARBITRATIONS. CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS, CLASS-WIDE
ARBITRATIONS, PRIVATE ATTORNEY-GENERAL ACTIONS, AND ANY OTHER PROCEEDING
WHERE SOMEONE ACTS IN A REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY ARE NOT ALLOWED.
ACCORDINGLY, UNDER THE ARBITRATION PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION, AN
ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT COMBINE OR CONSOLIDATE MORE THAN ONE PARTY'S CLAIMS
WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ALL AFFECTED PARTIES TO AN ARBITRATION
PROCEEDING.
1.6
Arbitration Procedure
. If you or Epson commences arbitration, the arbitration shall be governed by the rules of JAMS that are in effect when the arbitration is filed, excluding any rules that permit arbitration on a class or representative basis (the "JAMS Rules"), available at http://www.jamsadr.com
or by calling
1-800-352-5267, and under the rules set forth in this Agreement. All Disputes shall be resolved by a single neutral arbitrator, and both parties shall have a reasonable opportunity to participate in the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator is bound by the terms of this Agreement. The arbitrator, and not any federal, state or local court or agency, shall have exclusive authority to resolve all disputes arising out of or relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability or formation of this Agreement, including any claim that all or any part of this Agreement is void or voidable. Notwithstanding this broad delegation of authority to the arbitrator, a court may determine the limited question of whether a claim or cause of action is for an IP Claim, which is excluded from the definition of "Disputes" in Section 1.1
above. The arbitrator shall be empowered to grant whatever relief would be available in a court under law or in equity. The arbitrator may award you the same damages as a court could, and may award declaratory or injunctive relief only in favor of the individual party seeking relief and only to the extent necessary to provide relief warranted by that party's individual claim. In some instances, the costs of
579
arbitration can exceed the costs of litigation and the right to discovery may be more limited in arbitration than in court. The arbitrator's award is binding and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction.
You may choose to engage in arbitration hearings by telephone. Arbitration hearings not conducted by telephone shall take place in a location reasonably accessible from your primary residence, or in Orange
County, California, at your option.
a) Initiation of Arbitration Proceeding. If either you or Epson decides to arbitrate a Dispute, both parties agree to the following procedure:
(i) Write a Demand for Arbitration. The demand must include a description of the Dispute and the amount of damages sought to be recovered. You can find a copy of a Demand for Arbitration at http://www.jamsadr.com
("Demand for Arbitration").
(ii) Send three copies of the Demand for Arbitration, plus the appropriate filing fee, to: JAMS, 500 North
State College Blvd., Suite 600 Orange, CA 92868, U.S.A.
(iii) Send one copy of the Demand for Arbitration to the other party (same address as the Dispute
Notice), or as otherwise agreed by the parties.
b) Hearing Format. During the arbitration, the amount of any settlement offer made shall not be disclosed to the arbitrator until after the arbitrator determines the amount, if any, to which you or Epson is entitled.
The discovery or exchange of non-privileged information relevant to the Dispute may be allowed during the arbitration.
c) Arbitration Fees. Epson shall pay, or (if applicable) reimburse you for, all JAMS filings and arbitrator fees for any arbitration commenced (by you or Epson) pursuant to provisions of this Agreement.
d) Award in Your Favor. For Disputes in which you or Epson seeks $75,000 or less in damages exclusive of attorney's fees and costs, if the arbitrator's decision results in an award to you in an amount greater than Epson's last written offer, if any, to settle the Dispute, Epson will: (i) pay you $1,000 or the amount of the award, whichever is greater; (ii) pay you twice the amount of your reasonable attorney's fees, if any; and (iii) reimburse you for any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing the Dispute in arbitration. Except as agreed upon by you and Epson in writing, the arbitrator shall determine the amount of fees, costs, and expenses to be paid by Epson pursuant to this Section 1.6d).
e) Attorney's Fees. Epson will not seek its attorney's fees and expenses for any arbitration commenced involving a Dispute under this Agreement. Your right to attorney's fees and expenses under Section
1.6d) above does not limit your rights to attorney's fees and expenses under applicable law; notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitrator may not award duplicative awards of attorney's fees and expenses.
1.7
Opt-out. You may elect to opt-out (exclude yourself) from the final, binding, individual arbitration procedure and waiver of class and representative proceedings specified in this
580
Agreement by sending a written letter to the Epson Address within thirty (30) days of your assent to this Agreement (including without limitation the purchase, download, installation of the
Software or other applicable use of Epson Hardware, products and services) that specifies (i) your name, (ii) your mailing address, and (iii) your request to be excluded from the final, binding individual arbitration procedure and waiver of class and representative proceedings specified in this Section 1. In the event that you opt-out consistent with the procedure set forth above, all other terms shall continue to apply, including the requirement to provide notice prior to litigation.
1.8
Amendments to Section 1
. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, you and Epson agree that if Epson makes any future amendments to the dispute resolution procedure and class action waiver provisions (other than a change to Epson's address) in this Agreement, Epson will obtain your affirmative assent to the applicable amendment. If you do not affirmatively assent to the applicable amendment, you are agreeing that you will arbitrate any Dispute between the parties in accordance with the language of this Section 1 (or resolve disputes as provided for in Section 1.7, if you timely elected to opt-out when you first assented to this Agreement).
1.9
Severability
. If any provision in this Section 1 is found to be unenforceable, that provision shall be severed with the remainder of this Agreement remaining in full force and effect.
The foregoing shall not apply to the prohibition against class or representative actions as provided in Section 1.5. This means that if Section 1.5 is found to be unenforceable, the entire Section 1 (but only Section 1) shall be null and void.
Parent topic:
Trademarks
EPSON
®
, EasyMP
®
, and Quick Corner
® are registered trademarks, and EPSON Exceed Your Vision is a registered logomark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
BrightLink
® and PrivateLine
® and Extra Care
SM are registered trademarks; SizeWise are service marks of Epson America, Inc.
TM is a trademark; and Epson Store
SM
Mac and OS X are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
HDMI and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are the trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC.
General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
581
Parent topic:
Copyright Notice
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Seiko Epson Corporation. The information contained herein is designed only for use with this Epson product. Epson is not responsible for any use of this information as applied to other products.
Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by purchaser or third parties as a result of: accident, misuse, or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.) failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.
Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original Epson Products or Epson
Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
This information is subject to change without notice.
A Note Concerning Responsible Use of Copyrighted Materials
Parent topic:
A Note Concerning Responsible Use of Copyrighted Materials
Epson encourages each user to be responsible and respectful of the copyright laws when using any
Epson product. While some countries' laws permit limited copying or reuse of copyrighted material in certain circumstances, those circumstances may not be as broad as some people assume. Contact your legal advisor for any questions regarding copyright law.
Parent topic:
Copyright Attribution
© 2017 Epson America, Inc.
1/17
CPD-52569
Parent topic:
582
advertisement
Key Features
- Short throw Ultra short throw projector Grey, White
- 3LCD 4400 ANSI lumens
- Lamp 5000 h
- WUXGA (1920x1200) 16:10
- Screen size compatibility: 1778 - 2540 mm (70 - 100") Number of colours: 1.073 billion colours
- Focus: Manual
- Ethernet LAN Wi-Fi
- Built-in speaker(s) 16 W
- AC 477 W
Related manuals
Frequently Answers and Questions
How do I connect my computer to the projector?
Can I use the projector to annotate and draw on the projected image?
How many pens come with the projector?
advertisement